The URL can be used to link to this page

R2022-214 2022-09-26RESOLUTION NO. R2022-214 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a construction services contract for the Fire Station Nos. 2 and No. 3 HVAC Repairs Project, to K. R. Allen Industrial Services, LLC, in the amount of $355,614.29. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for construction of the Fire Station Nos. 2 and No. 3 HVAC Repairs Project have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to K. R. Allen Industrial Services, LLC, in the amount of $355,614.29. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a construction services contract for the Fire Station Nos. 2 and No. 3 HVAC Repairs Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 26th day of September, A.D., 2022. ________________________________ J.KEVIN COLE MAYOR ATTEST: ________________________________ FRANCES AGUILAR, TRMC, MMC CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY DocuSign Envelope ID: 72F25F9F-2561-410E-9F87-51A935D77E4C Project Manual For: Fire Station #2 & #3 Repairs ..v i ,'O 504 PA 1 \ TEX AS 0 Fire Station #2• FA21O3 Fire Station #3: FA21O4 Bid No.: ITB 0722-20 446.cotIteu 'yi�\ ),‹ *1 .23339 co ', FOF1. ---` —1-4/r—r\--k 9/15/22 • September 15, 2022 DBR Project No 210321 0000 & 200323 000 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00501 HB 89 Verification Form 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00701 General Conditions Attachment 1 00702 General Conditions Attachment 2 00703 General Conditions Attachment 3 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 11) DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01505 Mobilization 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01580 Project Identification Signs 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 00010- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout 01 21 00 Allowances 01 22 00 Measurement and Payment(Unit Prices) 01 23 00 Alternates 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching DIVISION 2 THRU 6 (Not Used) DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 Building Insulation 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8—OPENINGS (Not Used) DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies IIP09 91 00 Painting DIVISION 10—22 (Not Used) DIVISION 23—HEATING VENTILIATING,AND AIR-CONDITIONING(HVAC) 23 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods for HVAC 23 03 00 Mechanical Demolition for Remodeling 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 23 07 13 Duct Insulation 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork 23 33 00 Ductwork Accessories 23 37 13 Air Distribution Devices DIVISION 24—25 (Not Used) IP 00010-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 26 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods for Electrical 26 03 13 Electrical Demolition for Remodeling 26 05 19 Wire, Cable, and Related Materials 26 05 33 Raceways END OF SECTION I I 00010-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration" Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids@pearlandtx.gov All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer,City of Pearland,City Hall Council Chambers located at 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m.,Thursday,August 11,2022. Bid Opening Call-In number for more information is as follows. Dial in #• 281-652-1955, Meeting No 1775#• Access Code # 0971# All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly"opened"and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Fire Station #2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No. 2—FA2103 Fire Station No 3 —FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Council Chambers at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 11.00 a.m. on August 4, 2022 IIIPThe project will consist of the following for Fire Station No 2 & 3 06-2019 00100- 1 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID • Replacement of the existing duct insulation with new R8 4 rated duct insulation, seal dust seams and seal everything with mastic. • TAB rebalance of the HVAC system. • Replace/reinstall roof and wall insulation in the attic • Install fan modulation equipment to the existing HVAC units. • Reduce flex duct lengths where indicated on the plans. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to email until further notice, for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200 Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents 06-2019 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U S C 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder In identifying this criteria the City will consider 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Leslie Crittenden Interim City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date July 20, 2022 Second Publication date July 27, 2022 06-2019 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (LRB) 11/ LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER 1 Defined Terms 1 1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City" Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City of Pearland and may be used inter-changeably 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder The term "Successful Bidder" means the Lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents(plans and specifications including all Addenda issued prior to bid opening). 1.3 The term "E-bid System"refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system (Ion Wave) that provides all Bid Documents electronically to interested parties (potential Bidders and forms the pathway for Bidders to submit bids in response to The Invitation to Bid. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal with all required attachments to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid submittal process to submit a bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 0 1 4 Email-based contract administration and construction records management used by the contracting parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized project information hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1 6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 1 7 The term"Alternate(s)"or"Add Alternate(s)" as used here inter-changeably are defined as an additive work item that may be selected or rejected by the Owner based on the Owner's sole acceptance or rejection of the price proposed for this item. Alternate bid prices shall include all labor, material, equipment and overhead costs to perform the work as specified, complete in place. When selected by the Owner, the costs for an Alternate work item shall be added to the Base Bid price and made a part of the Contract price. 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier Interested Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on 08-2018 00200- 1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) Select the appropnate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of future bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, addenda, changes or additional information associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to ebids@pearlandtx.gov 3 Copies of Bidding Documents 3 1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.Interested Bidders must register as a"Supplier"on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications,addenda or additional information from the City or its Engineer 3.3 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders/Vendors providing pricing to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download all of the project Bid Documents. 3 4 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals, neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.5 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 08-2018 00200-2 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 Qualifications of Bidders 4 1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested. Failure to provide this information within the specified time frame may be cause for rejection of the Bid. 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; specifically including a list of 5 representative projects completed by the Bidder of a similar nature and scope to the work covered by this proposed Contract. The references for the projects provided must include the cost of the project, Owner's name,Engineer or prime contact and telephone number; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete including total contract value and current percent complete by payment; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid and the total value of work awarded to subcontractors as shown on the Subcontractors List Bid Form, 4)A list of names, address and telephone number of references for other projects completed by Bidder; and 5)A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552 001 et seq , as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder 5 Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c)consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's"Pro-Trak"software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not 1/1 rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. .; 08-2018 00200-3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5 4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5 6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, nghts-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of matenals and equipment are to be provided by Contractor Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5 7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6 Interpretations and Addenda 6 1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 08-2018 00200-4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 Bid Security 7 1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in111/ an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security") 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security(sealed Bid Bond,Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8 Contract Time 8 1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time") All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9 Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9 1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 10 1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the specified materials and equipment described in the Plans and Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items unless otherwise stated. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or"or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or Owner approved equal" Any substitution made by the Bidder upon which the bid is based shall be at the Bidder's sole risk. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00200-5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 Bid Form 0 11 1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. 11.2 All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.3 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11 4 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.5 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). Failure to do so could be cause for rejection of the Bid. 11 6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must IIPbe shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. 12.3 Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13 Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13 1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any 0 time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 08-2018 00200-6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety(90) days subsequent 111/ to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13 4 If, within twenty-four(24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 13 5 Bid securities for unsuccessful Bidders will be returned to bidders once a successful Bidder has be identified and notified of the Owner's intent to award a contract. 14 Opening of Bid Proposals 14 1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals through E-Bid. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15 Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15 1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety(90) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening,but Owner may,in its sole discretion,release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16 Award of Contract 16 1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents, 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal, 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal, 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal, 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 4 of these Instructions to Bidders, or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of the Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of bidder, if requested to do so As required by the Instructions to Bidders and as a condition of Bid acceptability, the Contractor hereby agrees. 08-2018 ' 00200-7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 That the City, as Owner and Contract Administrator, retains the right to review and approve the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' qualifications to perform the Work of the Contract and to reject any Subcontractor not meeting the City's standards, as outlined in the General Conditions, or TxDOT's and FHWA qualifications for performing the Work. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work, Add Alternates and Cash Allowances, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation cnteria may include. the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16 4 A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16 5 Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16 6 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 16 7 Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Professional/Engineer, and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any bid. 17 Contract Security 17 1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner 18 Signing of Agreement 18 1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner IP and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner 08-2018 00200-8 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 19 Pre-bid Conference 19 1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20 Retamage 20 1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION S 11) 08-2018 00200-9 of 9 CITY OFP.EARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Date: September 26,2022 LOWEAT RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Bid of K.R.Allen Construction,LLC ,an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of City of Pearland,TX ,for the construction of: Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2—FA2103 Fire Station No 3—FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 (Submitted m Electromc format) To• The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Fire Station #2 & #3 Repairs with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Joiner Architects, Inc., 70.0 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265,Kingwood, TX 77339, Contact: Joby Copley, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E- bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, mcludmg the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, accordmg to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required msurance m the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: LA 08-2018 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 180 days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500—Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No / Date: l•2 S• 12 Addendum No. a Date: • 22. Addendum No 3 Date. d'•/ •.2. Addendum No Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm N K.R.ALLEN CONSTRUCTION,LLC By. ame: / Title: MANAGED Address. 7605 FM 517 E,DICKINSON, TX 77539 Phone No 281.339.3006 ATTEST TERESA SMITH (Seal,if Bidder is a Corporation) (Typed or inte Name) Signature Date: q• 21 •2 a- END OF SECTION Bidder's Initial's: 44 08-2018 00300-2 of 2 Quantity UOM Description Spec Reference Unit Price Total PKHD 1 Base Bid 1 Fire Station No.2 PKLN 1 1 Base Bid 1 LS Mobilization(not to exceed 3%) 1505 $5,126.83 $ 5,126.83 Replace existing duct Insulation with R 8.4 rated duct insulation,seal duct seams,seal LS PKLN 1 2 Base Bid 1 everything with mastic 23 05 53 $18,766.52 $18,766.52 PKLN 1 3 Base Bid 1 LS TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 $1,879.53 $ 1,879.53 PKLN 1 4 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall wall insulation in the attic Reference Plans $ 12,350.00 $ 12,350.00 PKLN 1 5 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall roof insulation in the attic Reference Plans $ 12,350.00 $ 12,350.00 PKLN 1 6 Base Bid 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceiling tiles and drywall 23 11 19 $ 32,193.68 $ 32,193.68 PKLN 1 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation equipment Reference Plans $ 4,823.63 $ 4,823.63 PKLN 1 8 Base Bid 1 LS Reduce Flex duct 23 3113 $ 4,769.45 $ 4,769.45 PKLN 1 9 Base Bid 1 LS Paint gyp ceilings/walls affected by MEP repairs. Reference plans $ 12,500.00 $ 12,500.00 Alternate Work Alternate Work Items Fire PKHD 2 Items 1 Station No.2 $ $ SF Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely in place of the base bid wall insulation 00300&0123 00 PKLN 2 1 Add Alternate Work Items 2900 scope $ 4.07 $ 11,803.00 SF Remove and replace all attic roof insulation entirely in place of the base bid roof 00300&0123 00 PKLN 2 2 Add Alternate Work Items 4600 insulation scope. $2.88 $ 13,248.00 PKHD 3 Base BId 1 Flre Station No.3 $ $ PKLN 3 1 Base Bid 1 LS Mobilization(not to exceed 3%) 1505 $5,126.83 $ 5,126.83 1 Replace existing duct insulation with R 8.4 rated duct insulation,seal duct seams,seal 23 OS 53 PKLN 3 2 Base Bid everything with mastic $19,091.72 $ 19,091.72 PKLN 3 3 Base Bid 1 LS TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 $ 1,246.57 $ 1,246.57 PKLN 3 4 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall wall insulation in the attic Reference Plans $ 13,325.00 $ 13,325.00 PKLN 3 5 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall roof Insulation In the attic Reference Plans $ 13,325.00 $ 13,325.00 PKLN 3 6 Base Bid 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceiling tiles and drywall _ 23 11 19 $ 35,938.75 $ 35,93E1.75 PKLN 3 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation equipment Reference Plans $ 6,678.18 $ 6,678.18 PKLN 3 8 Base Bid 1 LS Paint gyp ceilings/walls affected by MEP repairs. Reference plans $ 12,500.00 $ 12,500.00 Alternate Work Alternate Work items Fire PKHD 4 items 1 Station No.3 $ $ SF Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely in place of the base bid wall insulation 00300&0123 00 PKLN 4 1 Alternate Work Items 2900 scope $ 4.16 $ 12,064 SF Remove and replace all attic roof insulation entirely in place of the base bid roof 00300&03 23 00 PKLN 4 2 Alternate Work Items 4600 Insulation scope. - $2.96 $ 13,616.00 PKHD 5 Base Bid Base Bid $ $ PKLN 5 1 Base Bid 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.2 $30K) Reference Plans&01 21 00 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 PKLN 5 2 Base Bid 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.3 $30K) Reference Plans&01 21 00 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 PKLN 5 3 Base Bid 1 LS Unforseen Contingency Allowance:$14,948.00 Reference Plans&01 21 00 $14,948.00 $14,948.00 PKHD 6 Extra Items Unit Price $ $ PKLN 6 1 Extra Items 200 SF Cost of Gypsum Board Ceiling Repairs(Unit Price) 0122 00 $ 46.15 $ 9,230.00 PKLN 6 2 Extra Items 20 EA Cost for Acoustical Ceiling Tile Repairs(Unit Price) 0122 00 $ 195.00 $ 3,900.00 PKLN 6 3 Extra Items 100 SF Cost for Attic Wall R-13 Insulation Repair(Unit Price) 012200 $ 22.10 $ 2,210.00 PKLN 6 4 Extra Items 460 SF Cost for Attic Roof R-30 Insulation Repair(Unit Price) 0122 00 $ 5.66 $ 2,603.60 Total Base Bid Flre Station 2 $ 104,759.64 Total Base Bld Fire Station 3 $ 107,232.05 Total Alternate Work Items Fire Station 2 $ 25,051.00 Total Alternate Work items Fire Station 3 $25,680.00 Total Extra Work Items $ 17,943.60 Allowances FS2&FS3& Contingency $74,948 Project To I l$ 355,614.29 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and K.R.Allen Construction,L.L.C. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR,in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,agree as follows. Article 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents(hereinafter the"Work"). The Work is generally described as follows. Fire Station #2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: Fire Station No.2-FA2103 Fire Station No.3-FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by by Joiner Architects,Inc., 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265, Kingwood,TX 77339,Contact: Joby Copley who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3 CONTRACT TIME 3 1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions)within 180 days(including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within 210 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages./OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above,plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays,expense,and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $500.00 dollars for each day that 4-2015 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER [$100 00 dollars for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7.30 a.m.to 4.30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds Three Hundred Fifty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen Dollars and 29/100 ($355,614.29) The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and any Alternate(s), as accepted by OWNER as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6"Measurement and Payment"of the General Conditions. 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5 1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however,that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at 4-2015 / 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT the QWNER's option,may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Pnce as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6 09 Article 6 INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 7 1 CONTRACTOR has famiharized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost,progress,performance, or furnishing of the Work. - 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. ( 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying)all such examinations,investigations,explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Pnce, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IP underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. 8 1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500) 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612) 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage,Attachment No 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor 8 4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 15 (Cover through P201) inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs. 8 6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8 7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8 8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes AP effective. Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 The 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9 4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9 5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9 6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law 9 7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9 8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9 10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular mstance only Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9 11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termmation of an employee of the OWNER. Any fraud,forgery,misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions,destruction of assets,embezzlement, acceptmg materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting ,�, reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9 12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached)of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: September 26 , 20 22 OWNER. CONTRACTOR. CITY OF PEARLAND K.R.Allen Construction, L.L.0 By / By. Title. -Tnt7ICrim. (..it► /114.14/e,- Title: Larry Allen,Manager Date: /?"!/20 22- Date: September 26,2022 (Corporate Seal) ATTEST ATTEST ift- 1 Address for giving notices ,,0 `e�AR� KR Allen Construction,LLC � = PO Box 9198 v • `W Bacliff, TX 77518 ''iii„ iiii Phone: 281.339.3006 iiiiiFax. 832.864.2852 Agent for service of process. Larry Allen, Manager END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of 7 0 Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows (1) Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. (2) Nondiscrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21 5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin (4) Information and Reports The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the Sub-Recipient shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to (a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. (6) Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub-Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. OE 1® TE,y4, t ' ik.4N TEXAS EST. 18�p ontractor Q stionnaire No 1. Has the City of Pearland or other governmenta entity incurred costs as a resu t of contested change order(s)from the undersigned company? Fi2. Has the City of Pearland or other governmental entity been involved in litigation relative to contract performance with the undersigned company? ElEl 3. Has the undersigned company failed to meet bid specifications or time limits on other contracts? ElEl 4 Has the undersigned company abandoned a contract or refused to perform without legal cause after submitting a bid? El5. Has the undersigned company had bidding errors or omissions in two or more bid submissions within a thirty six(36) month period? 6. Has the undersigned company failed to perform or performed unsatisfactory on two or more contracts within a thirty six(36)month period? ElEl 7 Does the undersigned company have adequate equipment,personnel and expertise to complete the proposed contract? LJEl] 8. Does the undersigned company have a record of safety vio ations in two or more contracts within a thirty six(36) month period? EJ9. Does the undersigned have a criminal offense as an incident to obtaining or attempting to obtain a public or private contractor subcontract,or in the performance of such a contract or subcontract within a ten(10)year period? n10. Has the undersigned company been convicted of a criminal offense within a ten(10)year period of embezzlement, theft,bribery,falsification or destruction of records,receiving sto en property or any other offense indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty which might affect responsibility as a municipal contractor? 11. Has the undersigned company been convicted of state or federal antitrust statutes within a ten(10)year period arising out of submission of bids or proposals? El12. Has the undersigned company been disbarred or had a similar proceeding by another governmental entity? If you answered"yes"to Items 1-6 or 8-12 or answered"no"to Item 7,please attach a full explanation to this questionnaire. KR Allen Construction,LLC Company Name: 7605 FM 517 S. Address: Name: Larry Allen Title: Manager (Please Print) (Please Print) Signature: /Q, Aih..1,, 0 Date: 8.15.22 1Z CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176,Local Government Code,by a vendor who Date Received has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the - vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local govemmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code.An offense under this section is a misdemeanor .11 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. N/A J Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed. N/A Name of Officer Al Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer,or a family member of the officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? N/A Yes n No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than investment income,from or at the direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity?N/A Yes No Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director,or holds an ownership interest of one percent or more. N/A Check this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts as described in Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). aA Wive-yy age1 8.15.22 signatur yen',or .oIhg busmen ith the governmental entity C/•ate Drz Form provided byTe ;, Ri/ o www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 � I CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE For vendor doing business with local governmental entity A complete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code may be found at http://www.statutes.legis.state.tx.us/ Docs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm.For easy reference,below are some of the sections cited on this form. Local Government Code§176.001(1-a)•'Business relationship"means a connection between two or more parties based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on. (A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal,state,or local governmental entity or an agency of a federal,state,or local governmental entity; (B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public;or (C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and that is subject to regular examination by,and reporting to,that agency Local Government Code§176.003(a)(2)(A)and(B): (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if• (2) the vendor (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor; (B) has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts that have an aggregate value of more than$100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the officer becomes aware that: (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed;or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor Local Government Code§176.006(a)and(a-1) (a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship with a local governmental entity and: (1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity,.or a family member of the officer,described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A), (2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,one or more gifts with the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B),excluding any gift described by Section 176.003(a-1),or (3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity (a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator not later than the seventh business day after the later of- (1) the date that the vendor (A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental entity;or (B) submits to the local governmental entity an application,response to a request for proposals or bids, correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local governmental entity;or (2) the date the vendor becomes aware: (A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer, or a family member of the officer,described by Subsection(a), (B) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection(a),or (C) of a family relationship with a local government officer Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/20.15 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE s of January 1, 2006, the Texas Local Gove nment Code Chapter 176 requ es all vendors and potential vendors who contract or seek to contract for the sale or purchase of property, goods, or services with any local government to complete and submit a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire. In filling out the questionnaire, the following are current City Council members and City employees who may either recommend or approve bid awards. City Council Mayor Kevin Cole Councilmember Adrian Hernandez Councilmember Luke Orlando Councilmember Tony Carbone Councilmember Alex Kamkar Councilmember J David Little Councilmember Trent Perez Councilmember Woody Owens City Staff. City Manager Clay Pearson Chief Financial Officer Amy Johnson Purchasing Officer Sheila Baker xt, ji i-i est. 'a�A ON-COLLUSIO STA EMENT The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this company, corporation,firm, partnership or individual has not prepared this bid in collusion with any other bidder, and that the contents of this bid as to prices, terms or conditions of said bid have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any other person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this bid." Vendor K.R.Allen Construction,L.L.C. Address 7605 FM 517 S,Dickinson,TX 77539 Phone Number 281.339.3006 Fax Number 832.864.2852 Email Address terra@krallen.net Bidder(Signature) L 4A0,- na4taff24, Position with Company Manager Signature of Company Official Authorizing This Bid,[ . #44t7 4111110, A Company Official(Printed Name) Larry Allen Official Position Manager CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX B House Bill 89 Verification I, tarry /91/4r) (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafte,A referred to as "Rep esentative") of fC R Men C-Onsh-U.d•LdN1 C (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18)years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following 1 That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2 That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Pearland, and 3 That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas • Government Code Section 2270 001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes SIGNAT RE pF REPRESENTATIVE ,i�iS-UBSCR Eli AND WORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this �� ay of , 20 22 LSSOZt3f.l DI AJeioN �``�Oo/��o / tSZUZ-EL-LG se�.(i wwo� •�,_ sexes}o©ms'ottgnd i(.im � you Notary Public/ A S vS3N31 >471,",%``� CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 111 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That of the City of _ , County of , and State of Texas, as principal, and _authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of , 20 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows Fire Station #2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No. 2 - FA2103 Fire Station No. 3 -FA2104 111 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 which Contract,including the Contract Documents as defined therein,is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas. Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of. time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed`-'thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in;any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extehsion-of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 11/ 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number of business. 2022-937449 K.R.Allen Construction, LLC Dickinson,TX United States I Date Filed: 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 09/23/2022 being filed. City of Pearland,Texas Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. Fire Stations#2&#3 Repair Renovations 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is Larry Allen , and my date of birth is 07/16/1976 My address is 7605 FM 517 E , Dickinson TX 77539 USA (street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed in Galveston County, State of Texas ,on the 26tly of September20 2022 (month) (year) ' 1//0/ :'re of authorized a ent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.1.191b5cdc of �® p44 c ilustakitaa T ! X A 5 Fsr 18�� REFERENCES FOR: K R ALLEN L.L.C. fferor must furnish,with this proposal,at least three (3) references from customers with a similar or larger operation as the City of Pearland This document, or a similar version issued by your company, must be included with your proposal. Company Name- TOUCHSTONE ENGINEERING Company Address: PO BOX 152,ALEDO TX 76008 Contact Name JEANNE WHITEHEAD Phone Number 817-296-4196 Email Address. JWHITEHEAD@TOUCHSTONE-TX.COM Description of Project/Work: DEMO/REMODLE,HVAC,and ELECTRICAL Company Name. AMTRAK Company Address: 902 WASHINGTON AVE.HOUSTON,TX 77201 Contact Name DOYLE CURTIS Phone Number 361-434-6703 Email Address. DOYLE.CURTISS@GMAIL.COM Description of Project/Work. DEMO/REMODLE,HVAC,and ELECTRICAL eferences for• K R ALLEN L.L.C. Page 2 Company Name TIGER INDUSTRIAL Company Address. 1411 PRESTON AVE.PASADENA TX,77503 Contact Name RONNIE TONES Phone Number 281-910-3112 Email Address. RONNIE.TONES DMODERNUSA.COM Description of Project/Work: DEMO/REMODLE,HVAC,and ELECTRICAL Company Name Company Address: Contact Name Phone Number• Email Address Description of Project/Work. Company Name Company Address. Contact Name Phone Number• Email Address. Description of Project/Work: CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No RCB0027417 Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § L.L C Alle n en Construction, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That K.R. of the City of Dickinson , County of Galveston , and State of Texas, as principal, and RLI Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ Three HandundredTwentv FiftyNin Fivee ThousandCents/tOO Six ($3SS Hun61429)dred Fourteen for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 26th day of September , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2 -FA2103 Fire Station No.3 -FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 which Contract,including the Contract Documents as defined therein,is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents,then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5 day of October , 20 22. Principal. Surety. KR Allen Construction,LLC RLI Insurance Company , By'C4fL 6ne -c--- By. _ _ , Title Larry Allen, Manager Title. Sydney Bourgeois,Attorney-in-Fact Address Address. 7605 FM 517 E 9025 N Lindbergh Drive Dickinson,TX 77539 Peoria,IL 61615 281.339.3006 Telephone. Telephone (281) - 204- 8787 Fax. 832.864.2852 Fax. (281)-204- 8810 NOTICE THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER, 1-800-252-3439 END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 R LI RLllnsuranceCompany PERFORMANCE BOND P 0 Box 3967 Peoria IL 61612-3967 Phone:309-692-1000 Fax:309-692-8637 Bond No. RCB0027417 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That KR Allen Construction. LLC 7605 FM 517 South Dickinson.TX 77539 (Here insert the name and address or legal'title of Contractor) as Principal,hereinafter called Principal,and RLI Insurance Company Peoria Illinois ,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois ,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 as Obligee, (Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Owner) hereinafter Owner,in the amount of Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen and Twenty Nine Cents/100 Dollars ( $355,614.29 ), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS,Contractor has by written agreement dated 09/26/2022 ,entered into a contract with Owner for Fire Statinnc No 7 and No 1 HVAC'Re/lain in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by Southeast Service Corporation (Here insert the full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof,and hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said progresses (even though there should be a default or a Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of shall remain in full force and effect. completion arranged under this paragraph,) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of the contract price, but not exceeding, including other time made by the Owner costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used default under the Contract, the Owner having performed the in this paragraph,shall mean the total amount payable by Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any the default or shall promptly amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor 1 Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,or Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2)years from the date on which the final payment under the 2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in Contract falls due. accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, heirs,executors,administrators or successors of Owner arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, Signed this 3 day of October A.D., 2022 i\d4C\ KR Allen Construction. LLC Witness �� //► (Principal)(Seal) Witness RLI Insurance Company By _ - A I A Document A311 Sydne ourge Attoineyin Fact PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT _ — — - BOND FEBRUARY 1970 ED - THE AMERICA INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS - 00032004-50,0 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Bond No RCB0027417 l Section 00611 - - PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § K.R,Allen Construction,L.L.0 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS. That of the City of Dickinson , County of a veston , and State of Texas, as principal, and RLI Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ Three HandundredTwenty enty FiNineve Cents/10 Thousand0 Six Hun6I4dred291 Fourteen for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 26th day of September , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station #2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2 -FA2103 Fire Station No.3 -FA2104 BID NO : ITB 0722-20 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5 day of October ,2022 Principal. Surety. " KR Allen Construction,LLC RLI Insurance Company. • - By ;�� / -- By. Title Larry Allen, Manager Title Sydney Bourgeois;.Attorney-in Fact Address. Address. 7605 FM 517E 9025 N Lindbergh Drive Dickinson, TX 77539 Peoria, IL 61615 Telephone. 281.339.3006 Telephone (281) -204 - 8787 Fax. 832.864.2852 Fax. (281)-204- 8810 NOTICE• THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER, 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 Ra il® RLI Insurance Company LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT P.O.Box 3967 Peoria IL 61612-3967 Phone:309-692-1000 Fax:309-692-8637 BOND THIS BOND IS USED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONTIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT Bond No. RCB0027417 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS. That KR Allen Construction,LLC 7605 FM 517 South Dickinson,TX 77539 (Here insert the full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal,hereinafter called Principal,and RLI Insurance Company , Peoria Illinois ,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois ,as Surety,are held and firmly bound unto The City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 (Here insert the full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee,hereinafter called Owner,for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined,in the amount of Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen and Twenty Nine Cents/100 Dollars( $15 .614.29 ), for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS,Principal has by written agreement dated 9/26/2022 ,entered into a contract with Owner for Fire Stations No.2 and No.3 HVAC Repairs in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by (Here insert the full name and address or legal title of Architect) Which contract is by reference made part hereof,and hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that,if which said claim is made,stating with sustantial accuracy the amount Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined,for all claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished,or labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the for whom the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be Contract,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and served by mailing the same by registered mail,postage prepaid,in an effect,subject,however,to the following conditions: envelope addressed to the Principal,Owner or Surety,at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business,or served in 1 A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal or with a any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the Subcontractor of the Principal for labor,material,or both,used or reasonably required aforesaid project is located,save that such service need not be made by a for use in the performance of the Contract,labor and material being construed to public officer. include that part of water,gas,power,light,heat,oil,gasoline,telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the Contract. (b) After the expiration of one(1)year following the date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract,it being understood,however,that any 2.The above named Principal,and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the Owner that every claimant as herein defined,who has not been paid in full before the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to expiration of a period of ninety(90)days after the date on which the last of such be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law claimant's work or labor was done or performed,or materials were furnished by such claimant,may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant,prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant,and have execution (c) Other than is a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or heron, The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any other political subdivision of the state in which the Project,or any part such suit. thereof,is situated,or in the United States District Court for the district in which the Project,or any part thereof,is situated,and not elsewhere. 3.No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant, (a) unless claimant other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, 4.The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or shall have given written notice to any two of the following: The Principal, payments made in good faith hereunder inclusive of the payment by Surety of the Owner,or the Surety above named within ninety(90)days after such mechanic's liens which may be filed of record against said improvement,whether or claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor,or furnished the last not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond. of the materials for Signed this 3 day of October , 7072 KR Allen Construction,T,T,C i Principal (Seal) S (' Ar Witness RLI Insurance Company Witness — _ — A I A DOCUMENT A31 I :� PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND FEBRUARY 1970 ED. Sy ey Bour s - Attorney in Fact THE AMERICA INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS vvv C0019004-50,0 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Bond No RCB0027417 Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That K.R.Allen Construction L.L.0 of the City of Galveston , County of Galveston , and State of Texas, as principal, and authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ Three HanunddredTwentv enty Nine FiveThCents/10ousandSi0($355xHun6l4dredFourteen291 for the payment ent whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 26th day of September , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas COP PN• Fire Station No.2-FA2103 Fire Station No.3 -FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00612- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5 day of October , 2022 Principal. Surety. KR Allen Construction,LLC RLI Insurance Com an p Y By: ant.* BY - . Title Larry Allen.Manager Title. Sydney Bourgeois.,Attorney-inJFact Address. Address. 7605 FM 517 E 9025 N. Lindbergh Drive Dickinson, TX 77539 Peoria. IL 61615 Telephone 281.339.3006 Telephone (281) - 204 - 8787 Fax. 832.864.2852 Fax. (281)-204- 8810 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER, 1-800-252-3439 END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 RLI® RLI Surety MAINTENANCE BOND A Division of RLI Insurance Company P.O Box 3967 Peoria IL 61612-3967 Phone:309-692-1000 Fax:309-692-8637 Bond No. RCB0027417 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That We, -- KR Allen Construction,LLC of 7605 FM 517 South Dickinson,TX 77539 (hereinafter called the"Principal"),as Principal,and RLI Insurance Company ,of Peoria , Illinois ,as Surety,an Illinois corporation duly licensed to transact business in the State of Illinois ,(hereinafter called the"Surety"),as Surety,are held and firmly bound unto The City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,TX 77581 (hereinafter called the Obligee),in the sum of Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen and Twenty Nine Cents/100 Dollars( 355,614.29 ),for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we,the said Principal and the said Surety,bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. Sealed with our seals and dated this 3 day of October , 2022 WHEREAS,the said Principal has heretofore entered into a contract with said Obligee dated September 26,2022 for Fire Stations No.2 and No.3 HVAC Repairs and, WHEREAS,the said Principal is required to guarantee the item/work installed under said contract,against defects in materials or workmanship which may develop during the period beginning on the 3 day of October , 2023 ,and ending the 3 day of October , 2024 In no event shall losses paid under this bond aggregate more than the amount of the bond. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND IS SUCH,that if said Principal shall faithfully carry out and perform the said guarantee,and shall,on due notice,repair and make good at its own expense any and all defects in materials or workmanship in the said work which may develop during the period specified above or shall pay over,make good and reimburse to the said Obligee all direct loss and damage which said Obligee may sustain by reason of failure or default of said Principal so to do,then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise shall remain in full force and effect. KR Allen Construction,LLC Principal By . ,'��l RLI Insurance(company. By. ( y ey Bo 1s - Attomey-In-Fact C0040004-50,0 POWER OF ATTORNEY RLI Insurance Company Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company 9025 N Lindbergh Dr. Peoria,IL 61615 Phone: 800-645-2402 Know All Men by These Presents: That this Power of Attorney is not valid or in effect unless attached to the bond which it authorizes executed, but may be detached by the approving officer if desired. That RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, each an Illinois corporation, (separately and together,the"Company")do hereby make,constitute and appoint: Heather Smyrl,M.Brandon Smyrl,Judy Kersh,Amy Nicholas,Kay Bramlett,Anna Rivera,Pamela Bedford,Danielle Carr,Tiffanie Martinez,Sydney Jones,Jackie Keys.Brian Smyrl,Niki Lamontagne,Janis Lamontagne,Sydney Bourgeois,jointly or severally in the City of Friendswood , State of Texas its true and lawful Agent(s) and Attorney(s) in Fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred,to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver for and on its behalf as Surety, in general, any and all bonds and undertakings in an amount not to exceed Twenty Five Million Dollars ( $25,000,000.00 )for any single obligation. The acknowledgment and execution of such bond by the said Attorney in Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if such bond had been executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, as applicable, have each further certified that the following is a true and exact copy of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each such corporation,and is now in force,to-wit: "All bonds,policies,undertakings,Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President,Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,Treasurer,or any Vice President,or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or Agents who shall have authority to issue bonds,policies or undertakings in the name of the Company The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds,policies,undertakings,Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, as applicable, have caused these presents to be executed by its respective Vice President with its corporate seal affixed this 13th day of July , 2020 ��,,,,��,,,,,,,� RLI Insurance Company ,0OacoloAND41,SG, sNIS"u00 A' Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company P 9 \ lel, wer2 • SEAL By' SEAL 2` = Barton W Davis Vice President D o <, State of Illinois I �uNols '',,,,,,,�''N,o,S,,`,,.�, SS County of Peoria CERTIFICATE On this 13th day of July , 2020 , before me, a Notary Public, I, the undersigned officer of RLI Insurance Company and/or personally appeared Barton W. Davis , who being by me duly sworn, Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, do hereby certify acknowledged that he signed the above Power of Attorney as the aforesaid that the attached Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and is officer of the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and irrevocable; and furthermore, that the Resolution of the Company as Insurance Company and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary set forth in the Power of Attorney, is now in force. In testimony act and deed of said corporation. whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonging and Insurance Ogitpiu.voN . Company this 5- day ofBy C- — RLI Insurance Company - Catherine D Glover Notary Public Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company CATHERINE D.GLOVER . O4004- 9E/IL i Na BYjic,ft. My Commission J n Exdronoia gilt-a MY 24 Jeffrey DD[[ppic Corporate Secretary &WM4247766020212 A0058D19 POWER OF ATTORNEY RLI Insurance Company Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company 9025 N.Lindbergh Dr. Peoria,IL 61615 Phone: 800-645-2402 Know All Men by These Presents: That this Power of Attorney is not valid or in effect unless attached to the bond which it authorizes executed, but may be detached by the approving officer if desired. That RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, each an Illinois corporation, (separately and together,the"Company")do hereby make,constitute and appoint: Heather Smyrl,M.Brandon Smyrl,Judy Kersh,Amy Nicholas,Kay Bramlett,Anna Rivera,Pamela Bedford,Danielle Can,Tiffanie Martinez,Sydney Jones.Jackie Keys.Brian Smyrl,Niki Lamontagne,Janis Lamontagne,Sydney Bourgeois,jointly or severally in the City of Friendswood , State of Texas its true and lawful Agent(s) and Attorney(s) in Fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred,to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver for and on its behalf as Surety, in general, any and all bonds and undertakings in an amount not to exceed Twenty Five Million Dollars ( $25,000,000.00 )for any single obligation. The acknowledgment and execution of such bond by the said Attorney in Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if such bond had been executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, as applicable, have each further certified that the following is a true and exact copy of a Resolution adopted by the Board-of Directors of each such corporation,and is now in force,to-wit: "All bonds,policies,undertakings,Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President,Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,Treasurer,or any Vice President,or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or Agents who shall have authority to issue bonds,policies or undertakings in the name of the Company The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds,policies,undertakings,Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, as applicable, have caused these presents to be executed by its respective Vice President with its corporate seal affixed this 13th day of July , 2020 ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, RLI Insurance Company ```,O�O,NG .,,J NCE Cd'"o,' Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company tos ` GOP �r 2n' �a•GOFPOHgre �? /, . I By. L.2 ��/// iG SEAL a` = SEAL - Barton W Davis Vice President State of Illinois l /Limos '�•,,CLl�N�o%,,,,�`, } SS County of Peoria J CERTIFICATE On this 13th day of July , 2020 ,before me, a Notary Public, I, the undersigned officer of RLI Insurance Company and/or personally appeared Barton W. Davis , who being by me duly sworn, Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, do hereby certify acknowledged that he signed the above Power of Attorney as the aforesaid that the attached Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and is officer of the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and irrevocable; and furthermore, that the Resolution of the Company as Insurance Company and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary set forth in the Power of Attorney, is now in force. In testimony act and deed of said corporation. whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and theY.seal of the RLI Insurance Company and/or Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company this 2 day of O 40 , 20, z- By. RLI Insurance Company Catherine D Glover Notary Public Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company 4.11V CATHERINE 0.GLOVER .i I� OFFICIAL SEAL. .YC iNg, NotaryPut0e St.tsam tnor.! By. ivAd itY Comisslon Expires Jeffrey is Corporate Secretary 4247766020212 A0058D19 CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements'are described as follows. ( In consideration of Pay Estimate No in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned m connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made,the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or hen, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. >� Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 My Commission Expires._ Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument ' this day of , 20— Principal. Surety By By Title. Title Address. Address. Telephone: Telephone: Fax. Fax. NOTICE. THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439 END OF SECTION r 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 101 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1 02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders, (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual, • (7) Instructions to Bidders, (8) Bid Proposal, and 10-2012 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor 1 04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1 05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1 06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only 1 07 WORK DAY As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700-2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7 05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1 07-1 RAIN DAY As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1 12 Contract Time below) 1 07-2 IMPACT DAY As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day (See 1 12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1 08 CALENDAR DAY A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1 10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement,permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700-3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of ' various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 111 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1 12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6 09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1 13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1 14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance IPbetween the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700-5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse it the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3 01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents, and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7 Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3 02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3 03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR, otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3 05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under • this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a wntten interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions ansing relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 04 3 06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide wntten recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under r Section 6 11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700-7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4 02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4 03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700-8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT • of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4 04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or matenals required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4 05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000 00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate • Performance,Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(10,0%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Pnce does not exceed $25,000 00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7 19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4 06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4 07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are APreceived. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4 08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700-9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4 09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4 10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 411 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same, and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700- 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4 12 SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4 13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus matenals, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4 14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such matenals furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4 15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 416 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4 17 SHOP DRAWINGS The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee 4 18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700- 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT IP subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 419 OBSERVATION AND TESTING The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, arid any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvls, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such matenal and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700- 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700- 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8) hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as'any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of tiis duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING ?ROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction, and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT When so desired by the OWNER, the' CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise,between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, 11 THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITiH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700- 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE. (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR, OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. • Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130 002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification-obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the 110 CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 10-2012 00700- 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship, and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction, provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5 02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay The CONTRACTOR shalt give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5 03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5 04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5 05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the 1110 OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700- 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond, all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy 5 06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data. A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5 07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700-20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6 02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6 03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences,unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6 04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700-21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6 05 PAYMENTS No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6 06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount,prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700-22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retamage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retamage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6 08 FINAL PAYMENT" The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retamage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6 07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed-an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6 08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete" Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700-23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6 08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner 6 09 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER, (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions, 10-2012 00700-24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction, (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor,vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction, (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No 2, executed by CONTRACTOR, (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc' in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion, and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6 10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700-25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion'or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship, to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity 612 PAYMENTS WITHHELD The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise, (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion, and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700-26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6 13 DELAYED PAYMENTS Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251 051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7 01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a)Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in wnting accordingly The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7 02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven(7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a)Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment(excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7 03 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7 04 In accordance with paragraph 1 07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall,upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day 7 05 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7 06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined'by one or more of the following methods Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method(B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method(C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus. a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b)For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used, otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700-29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C) Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7 07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or 'Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer penod as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0 In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 10-2012 00700-30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8 01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners. (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand, or 10-2012 00700-31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8 02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8 03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8 04 CROSS-DEFAULT If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8 05 INSOLVENCY It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8 06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's v termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8 07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8 08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience 10-2012 00700-34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8 09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6 13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 10-2012 00700-35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1 01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 02 Contract Documents 103 Subcontractor 1 04 Written Notice 105 Work 1 06 Extra Work 1 07 Work Day 1 07-1 Rain Day 1 07-2 Impact Day 1 08 Calendar Day 1 09 Substantially Completed 1 10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1 11 Referenced Standards 1 12 Contract Time 1 13 Construction Inspector 1 14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3 01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3 02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3 03 Preliminary Approval 3 04 Inspection by Engineer 3 05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3 06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4 01 Independent Contractor 4 02 Contractor's Understanding 4 03 Laws and Ordinances 4 04 Assignment and Subletting 4 05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4 06 Insurance 4 07 Permits and Fees 4 08 Texas State Sales Tax 4 09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4 10 Character of Workers 4 11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 412 Sanitation 4 13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4 14 Performance of Work _ 4 15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 16 Layout of Work 4 17 Shop Drawings 4 18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship, Observations 4 19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment,Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification IP4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5 01 Time and Order of Completion 5 02 Extension of Time 5 03 Hindrances and Delays 5 04 Suspension of Work 5 05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5 06 Change of Contract Time 5 07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6 01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6 02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 03 Estimated Quantities 6 04 Price of Work 6 05 Payments 6 06 Partial Payments 6 07 Use of Completed Portions &Punchhst 6 08 Substantial Completion 6 08-1 6 09 Final Payment 6 10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6 11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6 12 Payments Withheld 6 13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 11 7 01 Differing Site Conditions 7 02 Change Orders 7 03 Change Orders 7 04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7 05 Minor Changes 7 06 Extra Work 7 07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8 01 Default by Contractor 8 02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8 03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 0 8 04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT IP 8 05 Insolvency 8 06 Contingent Assignment 8 07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8 08 Termination for Convenience 8 09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO 1 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO 2 AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO 3 OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 0 IIIP 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE 111 A. DEFINITIONS Certificate of coverage ("certificate") A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406 121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER. (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter G The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR. (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO.2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between THE (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter"OWNER") for the Project known as Fire Station #2 Repairs (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation. 1 The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3 The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4 It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the 26th day of September , 20 22 CONTRACTOR. By. _- ,,/, /./7 24,--- Signa re LarryAllen Print Name: Title: Manager [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign, if a partnership, each general partner must sign, if a corporation,the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this the 26th day of September 20 22 by K.R.ALLEN CONSTRCL]TION LLC; , a Texas corporation,under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter,By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACT f liy lA By' f/r /t�2�i► President ATTE r`t 1 Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship,additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND i GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Galveston § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. I(We)am(are)the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein,and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me,the 26th day of 20 22 H TERESA SMITH Not Public, State of Texas -(,=Notary Public,State of Texas =N, e Comm.Expires 07-13-2025 '%4nm�•?; Notary ID 133208811 My Commiss'on Expires: 1. 13. a5 [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Galveston § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release,whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation,the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation, and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this,the 26thday of September 20 22 Notar Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: `�•13) zd� 07/2006 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO.3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1 1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any 1.2 Contractor "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier 1 4 ISO "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2 1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein. 2.1 1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection, and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect,negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. IP 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3 1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A- VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner 3 4 Limits of Liability The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3 5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision. In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in 111 coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail,return receipt requested. 3 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3 7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same 4 Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required. 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4 1 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability 4 1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4 1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than. Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4 1 4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85, or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85, or in. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01, or iv any form providing equivalent protection to Owner b Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non-owned) 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 111 4.3 1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows. 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than. Employer's Liability. $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above 4 4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4 4 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4 4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$5,000,000 4 4 4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5 1 Coverage The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 4 5 4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4 6 Builder's Risk 4 6 1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds, and b subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. IIP 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b all temporary structures (e g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation, d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss v Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without subhmit x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot & Included without subhmit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xin. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD xv Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviu. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below 4 6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4 6 4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of AP NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4 6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates. a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated, b the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows. a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows. Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your nghts to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5 Intentionally left blank. 6 Evidence of Insurance 6 1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2 1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance" 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance" 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify 6.3 1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company 6.3 4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3 6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3 7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3 8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits-required herein. 6.3 9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3 10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3 11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6 4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6 6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy 6 7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner 7 Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7 1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8 Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use 9 Release and Waiver The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 111 S 10-2012 00700-C10 Ac R CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYII) .‘... 09/26/2022 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES 0 BELOW THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In,lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Malinda Rampy Malinda Rampy PHONE FAX 806-557-2100 No): 308 17th St E-MAIL tw ADDRESS: mrampy@twfg.com 9 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Canyon TX 87122 INSURER A. INSURED INSURER B B. State Auto KR Allen Construction LLC INSURER C. Po Box 9198 INSURER D. INSURER E. Bacliff TX 77518 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: KRAL22092609503798 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDLSUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MMIDD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY E T n LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY0 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 _ {Ea accident) X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED X X 10139833CA 07/08/2022 07/08/2023 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY _AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ UMBRELLA MB _OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE I� N/A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? I (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below EL DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached If more space Is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. III 3519 Liberty Dr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Pearland TX 77581 1/1 I 111111 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD I ACORD® DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) �� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 9/26/2022 ITHIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER LONrACf Anna Rivera, CISR NAME: Highpoint Insurance Group, LLC (Arc.No Ext): (281)204-8770 FAX No): (2e1)204-e810 4300 FM 2351 E-MAIL h carts@h 1 ADDRESS: P P grP com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 0 Friendswood TX 77546 INSURER A.Depositors Insurance Company 42587 INSURED INSURER B.Colonial County Mutual Company 29262 KR Allen Construction LLC, DBA. Allen Construction INSURER C.Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 DBA Allen Construction INSURER D.United Fire S Casualty Company 13021 P 0 Box 9198 INSURER E.Westchester Fire Insurance Company 10030 Bacliff TX 77518-9198 INSURERF. COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:22/23 Master Cert REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP UMITS LT W R , D VD POLICY NUMBER (MMIDDIYYYY) IMM/DDIYYYY) X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A CLAIMS-MADE n OCCUR DAMAGE TO S(EaocED PREMISES(Ea RENTED $ 100,000 ACPGLD07224377577 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERALAGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X POLICY n JET n LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 Limited Pollution $ 1,000,000 OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (Ea accident) X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ a ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS ACPBATX7214377577 4/29/2022 7/11/2022 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ —AUTOS (Per accident) $ X UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 A EXCESSIJAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 0 ACPCAD7214377577 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? n N I A C (MandatorylnNH) 0001251848 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 E.LDISEASE-EAEMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D Builders Risk 46313933 3/30/2022 3/30/2023 Limit $1,000,000 E Railroad Protective Liability 873613589001 3/30/2022 12/31/2022 Each Occ/Agg $214M/$61.M DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) The General Liability and Auto policies include blanket automatic additional insured per CG20330413 & AC70060316 The General Liability, Auto, and Workers' Compensation policies include blanket automatic waiver of subrogation coverage per CG71580804, AC04448 0316 & WC420304B The General Liability includes a blanket primary and non-contributory coverage per CG20010413 The Excess policy is follow-form over the General Liability, Auto Liability & Employers Liability policies All such coverages are provided to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract or agreement between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status and/or coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION jblackmore@pearlandtx gov SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Pearland THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 3519 Liberty Drive ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE r� �/ Q,_, I H Smyrl, CPCU, CIC/KO ~��'ea+r+rt-�'�-<�)}_ O- I ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD INS025(201401) AC oRO CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE Ti26 D �Y) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES •BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Anna Rivera CISR NAME: Highpoint Insurance Group, LLC (NC, ). (281)204-8770 (AAC,No): (2e1)204-ee10 4300 FM 2351 E-MAIL h carts@h i ADDRESS: p P grp cow INSURERS)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Friendswood TX 77546 INSURER A.Depositors Insurance Company 42587 INSURED INSURER B.Colonial County Mutual Company 29262 KR Allen Construction LLC, DBA Allen Construction wsuRERC.Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 DBA. Allen Construction INsuRERD.United Fire & Casualty Company 13021 P O Box 9198 INsuRERE.Westchester Fire Insurance Company 10030 Bacliff TX 77518-9198 INSURERF. COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:22/23 Master Cert REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR JNSD MID POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MMIDD/YYYY) X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 TED A CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO ccur 100,000 PREMISES(Eaa occurrence) $ ACPGLD07224377577 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE UMITAPPLIES PER: GENERALAGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X POLICY jRa n LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: Limited Pollution $ 1,000,000 • AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBNED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000, (Ea accident) NED B X ANY AUTO I BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS ACPBATX7214377577 4/29/2022 7/11/2022 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ _ NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE X HIRED AUTOS R AUTOS (Per accident) $ $ X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000, A EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED 'X RETENTION$ 0 ACPCAD7214377577 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? piN/A C (Mandatory In NH) 0001251848 4/29/2022 4/29/2023 E.L DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below EL DISEASE POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D Builders Risk 46313933 3/30/2022 3/30/2023 Limit $1,000,000 E Railroad Protective Liability G73613589001 3/30/2022 12/31/2022 Each Occ/Agg $2MM/$6RM DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS!LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached If more space is required) The General Liability and Auto policies include blanket automatic additional insured per CG20330413, CG2037 04 13 & AC70060316 The General Liability, Auto, and Workers' Compensation policies include blanket automatic waiver of subrogation coverage per CG71580804, AC0444B 0316 & WC420304B The General Liability includes a blanket primary and non-contributory coverage per CG20010413 The Excess policy is follow-form over the General Liability, Auto Liability & Employers Liability policies All such coverages are provided to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract or agreement between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status and/or coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION jblackmore@pearlandtx gov SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Pearland THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 3519 Liberty Drive ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. • Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ��, H Smyrl, CPCU, CIC/KO ~ <�!3-_O_Q- I ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD INS025(201401) COMMENTS/REMARKS Project Location- City of Pearland Fire Station No 2 6050 Fite Rd, Pearland, TX 77584 City of Pearland Fire Station No 3 3207 Yost Blvd, Pearland, TX 77581 OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 33 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH YOU This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured any person or additional insureds, the following additional organization for whom you are performing exclusions apply• operations when you and such person or This insurance does not apply to organization have agreed in writing in a contract or 1 "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy and advertising injury" arising out of the Such person or organization is an additional rendering of, or the failure to render, any insured only with respect to liability for "bodily professional architectural, engineering or injury", "property damage" or "personal and surveying services, including. advertising injury"caused, in whole or in part,by a. The preparing, approving, or failing to 1 Your acts or omissions,or prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, onyour opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, 2. The acts or omissions of those acting change orders or drawings and behalf; specifications;or in the performance of your ongoing operations for b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or the additional insured. engineering activities. However, the insurance afforded to such This exclusion applies even if the claims against additional insured: any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing 1 Only applies to the extent permitted by law; in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or and monitoring of others by that insured, if the 2. Will not be broader than that which you are "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or required by the contract or agreement to "property damage", or the offense which caused provide for such additional insured. the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any A persons or organizations status as an professional architectural, engineering or additional insured under this endorsement ends surveying services. when your operations for that additional insured are completed. CG 20 33 0413 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc. 2012 Page 1 of 2 CG 20 33 0413 2. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these after additional insureds, the following is added to a. All work, including materials, parts or Section III—Limits Of Insurance: equipment furnished in connection with The most we will pay on behalf of the additional such work, on the project (other than insured is the amount of insurance service, maintenance or repairs) to be 1 Required by the contract or agreement you performed by or on behalf of the additional have entered into with the additional insured, insured(s) at the location of the covered or operations has been completed, or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of b. That portion of"your work" out of which the Insurance shown in the Declarations, injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization whichever is less. other than another contractor or This endorsement shall not increase the subcontractor engaged in performing applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the operations for a principal as a part of the Declarations. same project. All terms and conditions apply unless modified by this endorsement. Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2012 CG 20 33 0413 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT , IPSection 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700 Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1 01 The OWNER'S representative on the project site is. Sergio Becerril telephone. 281 652 1642 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is Tim Ford telephone 281 652.1966 The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is N/A telephone. ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 0 4 05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4 05 A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No.3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4 6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 08 Add Article 5 08 The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly ,pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for IP 08/2018 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the number of accepted rain days that,exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the onginal Contract Time General Notes. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed Internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any Internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION S S 08/2018 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION IP Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1 01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1 03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) IP IIP 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 "General Decision Number. TX20220233 01/21/2022 Superseded General Decision Number TX20210233 State Texas 11) Construction Type Building County. Brazona County in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) Note Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658 Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that aresubject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself,but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5 1(a)(2)-(60) If the contract is entered into on or after January 30, 2022, or the contract is renewed or extended(e g., an option is exercised) on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $15 00 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $11.25 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at www dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 01/21/2022 File///Cl/1Tserc/Ancirpw/Annflata/T,ora1/Temn/tx7l3 txtr1/75/9097 1 75.51 PM1 * ASBE0022-009 06/28/2021 RRates Fringes ESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR(Duct, Pipe and Mechanical System Insulation) $ 24 90 15.90 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER. .$ 29 47 24 10 CARP0551-009 04/01/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excludes Drywall Hanging, Form Work, and Metal Stud Installation) .$ 23 05 8 78 ELEC0716-005 08/24/2020 Rates Fringes TRICIAN(Excludes Low tage Wiring and Installation of Alarms). .$ 32.55 10.35 ELEV0031-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC .$ 45 48 36 365 FOOTNOTES A. 6% under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8% over 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. B Holidays. New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and Veterans Day ENGI0450-002 04/01/2014 IPRates Fringes P WER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Cranes. .$ 34 85 9 85 ile•///Cl/T Jcers/Andrew/Annfata/T.nca1/Temn/tx71 txtll/75/9077 1 75.51 PM1 * IRON0084-011 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL. .$ 26 01 7.56 * IRON0135-002 09/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL. .$ 34 10 13 94 * PLUM0068-002 10/01/2021 Rates Fringes PLUMBER. .$ 36 83 11 71 * PLUM0211-010 10/01/2021 Rates Fringes PIPEFITTER (Including HVAC Pipe Installation) .$ 37 03 12.56 SHEE0054-003 04/01/2020 Rates Fringes11 SHEET METAL WORKER (Excludes HVAC Duct and Unit Installation) $ 29 70 13 85 SUTX2014-008 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC .$ 16 41 3.98 BRICKLAYER. $ 19 86 0 00 ' CAULKER. $ 15.36 0 00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER. .$ 13.33 0 00 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER. $ 16.30 3 71 DRYWALL HANGER AND METAL STUD INSTALLER. $ 17 45 3 96 ELECTRICIAN (Alarm Installation Only) $ 17 97 3 37 ELECTRICIAN (Low Voltage F1e///C:I/1Tsers/Andrew/Annfata/T.ncal/Temn/tx733 txt1l/75/2027 I 95.51 PM1 Wiring Only) $ 18 00 1 68 FLOOR LAYER. Carpet. $ 20 00 0 00 ilik4 WORKER. .$ 12.57 0 00 GLAZIER. $ 19 12 4 41 INSULATOR- BATT .$ 14 87 0 73 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING .$ 12 10 0 00 LABORER. Common or General. $ 10.55 0 00 LABORER. Mason Tender - Brick. .$ 13.37 0 00 LABORER. Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete. $ 10 86 0 00 LABORER. Pipelayer $ 12.94 0 00 LABORER. Roof Tearoff. $ 11.28 0 00 LABORER. Landscape and Irrigation. $ 9 49 0 00 illR. .$ 19 73 0 00 ,RATOR. Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe .$ 15.56 0 00 OPERATOR. Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader $ 13.93 0 00 OPERATOR. Bulldozer .$ 20 77 0 00 OPERATOR. Drill. $ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR. Forklift. .$ 15 64 0 00 OPERATOR. Grader/Blade $ 13.37 0 00 OPERATOR. Loader $ 13 55 0.94 OPERATOR. Mechanic .$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR. Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete) .$ 16 03 0 00 • TOR. Roller .$ 16 00 0 00 P• TER(Brush, Roller and Spray), Excludes Drywall Finishing/Taping. $ 16 77 4 51 i1e•///Cl/11serc/Andrew/Annnata/T.ne.al/Temn/tx733 txtf1/75/71177 3 75 53 PM1 ROOFER. $ 15 40 0 00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only) $ 20 05 4 19 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Unit Installation Only) $ 19 67 2.24 SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) .$ 22 17 9 70 TILE FINISHER. $ 12.00 0 00 TILE SETTER. $ 16 17 0 00 TRUCK DRIVER. 1/Single Axle Truck. .$ 14.95 5.23 TRUCK DRIVER. Dump Truck. $ 12.39 1 18 TRUCK DRIVER. Flatbed Truck. $ 19 65 8 57 TRUCK DRIVER. Semi-Trailer Truck. $ 12.50 0 00 TRUCK DRIVER. Water Truck. .$ 12 00 4 11 111 WATERPROOFER. $ 14.39 0 00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017 If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care, to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care, or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. ile•///C:I/TTcerc/Andrew/Annfata/T,nca1/Temn/tx733 txtfl/75/7027 3 75.53 PM1 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses ( ;R 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate) Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union, which prevailed in the survey for this fication, which in this example would be Plumbers 0198 i� ites the local union number or distract council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198 The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014 Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is denved by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates V ate of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier cie.MCI/1Toaro/AinrirA.:,/Arnnata/r nral/Temn/t03'txtrl/2S/2022 3 2S•S1 PM1 Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications, however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014 UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1 ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Division National Office Branch of Wage Surveys. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3 ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1 ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request 1e.///Cl/TTcerc/Andrew/AnnThata/T,ncal/Temn/tx733 txtrl/75/207 3 75.53 PM1 review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1 8 and 29 CFR Part 7) Write to — Wage and Hour Administrator U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc )that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3 ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the-Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) Write to Administrative Review Board U.S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 4) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. r- END OF GENERAL DECISION" � f CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM IIIP Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. #1 Date July 25,2022 PROJECT Fire Station No 2 &3 Repairs BID NO ITB 0722-20 BID DATE. August 11, 2022,2:00 p.m. FROM. Sergio Becerril Engineering and Public Works City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Dr., Pearland, TX 77581 To• Prospective Proposals and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CLARIFICATIONS Addendum No 1 corrects the Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference date in Ionwave(E-bid)to August 4, 2022 at 11 am SPECIFICATIONS N/A CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS S2Te gee-wal END OF ADDENDUM NO #1 Sergio Becerril Project Manager 2-22-12 00900- 1 of 1 City of Pearland, TX ADDENDUM SECTION 00900 11) ADDENDUM NO.2 Date.August 8,2022 PROJECT Fire Station No.2&Fire Station No.3 PROJECT NO. FA2103 &FA2104 BID No. ITB 0722-20 BID DATE. August 11,2022,at 2:00 PM FROM. Sergio Becerril Project Manager City of Pearland Engineering&Public Works 2016 Old Alvin Road Pearland, Texas 77581 To. Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents,as applicable.Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications,and Drawings are inconsistent,this Addendum shall govern.Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form,submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION Contract Documents: Section 00300 has been replaced in its entirety. Clarifications Vendor Questions closing period will close on Tuesday,August 9,2022 by 5.00 PM Construction Drawings: Questions&Answers: 1 When is the award date for this bid? a. August 11, 2022, at 2.00 PM 2. What is the budgetary amount? a. The preliminary construction estimates i. Fire Station No 2 - $203,995.50. ii Fire Station No 3 - $195,863.50. 1111 00900-1 8/5/22 City of Pearland, TX ADDENDUM 3 When can we visit the project sites? a. Yes, see schedule below 4 We would like to schedule a walk through for Fire Stations 2&3 for Monday morning between 10.00 am— 12 pm.Please let us know if this date is doable and the preferred time. Walk Through Schedules for Tuesday,August 9, 2022, are as follows. a. Fire Station No.2 Attic walk through. 10.00 AM to 11.00 AM. b Fire Station No.3 Attic walk through: 11.30 AM to 12.30 PM. 5 Will an Asbestos Survey be provided? a. Many buildings constructed up to 1990 are likely to contain asbestos materials. Both Fire Stations were designed in 2014, and so there should be no asbestos used in the design of these facilities. 6 Will the sign in sheet be posted? a. Sign In Sheet and Meeting Agenda is included with Addendum No 2. 7 Will the entire ceiling need to be removed for the pressure test? a. Only the portions of the ceiling surrounding the ductwork will need to be removed.All the ductwork insulation is being replaced so most of the ceiling will be removed in the process,however,the entire ceiling should not need to come down. The contractor will need to determine the extent of this work. 8. Could we please inquire if it is possible to obtain a separate excel or other version of the breakdown sheet on page 3 of the attached?This will certainly help us in populating all the necessary information to this format.Thank you kindly a. Section 00300 has been replaced in its entirety END OF ADDENDUM NO 2 Sergio Becerril Project Manager ip 00900-2 8/5/22 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL LOWEAT RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Date- Bid of ,an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2—FA2103 Fire Station No 3—FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Fire Station #2 & #3 Repairs with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Joiner Architects, Inc., 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265, Kingwood, TX 77339, Contact: Joby Copley, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E- bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: 08-2018 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 180 days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500—Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. IIIP Addendum No Date: Addendum No Date Addendum No Date Addendum No Date Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion,or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name- By- Title. Address. Phone No ATTEST (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) (Typed or Printed Name) Signature Date. END OF SECTION Bidder's Initial's. 08-2018 00300-2 of 2 Quantity UOM Description Spec Reference Unit Price Total PKHD 1 Base Bid 1 .Fire Station No.2 PKLN 1 .1 Base Bid _ 1 LS Mobilization(not to exceed 3%( 1505 5 S Replace existing duct insulation with R 8.4 rated duct insulation,seal duct seams,seal 1 23 05 53 PKLN 1 _ 2 Base Bid everything with mastic S S PKLN 1 3 Base Bid 1 L5 TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 S S PKLN 1 4 Bass Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall wall insulation In the attic _ Reference Plans S S PKLN 1 5 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinsiallroofInsulation in the attic Reference Plans $ $ PKLN 1 6 Base Bid 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceilingtiles and drywall 23 11 19 S S PKLN 1 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation eauipment Reference Plans S $ PKLN 1 8 Base Bid 3 LS Reduce Flex duct 23 3113 $ S Alternate Work Alternate Work Items Fire PKHD 2 Items 3 Station No.2 5 $ PKLN 21 1 Add Alternate Work Items 2900 SF Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely In place of the base bid wall 00300&0123 00, insulation scope $ S Remove and replace all attic roof insulation entirely In place of the base bid roof SF 00300&01 23 00 PKLN 2. 2 Add Alternate Work Rents 4600 insulation scope. S 5 PKHD _ 3 Base Bid 1 Fire StationNo.3 $ 5 PKLN 3 1 Base Bid 1 LS Mobilization(not to exceed 3%) 1505 5 5 Replace existing duct Insulation with R 8.4 rated duct insulation,seal duct seams,seal 1 23 05 53 ➢K1N 3 2 Base Bid everything with mastic S 5 PKW 3 3 Base Bid 3 LS TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 5 S PKIN 3 4 Base Bid 1 15 Replace/reinstall wall insulation in the attic Reference Plans S 5 PKLN 3 5 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/refrmta0 roof insulation to the attic Reference Plans S S PKLN 3 6 Base Bid _ 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceiling ides and drywall 23 11 19 S S PKLN 3 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation eauipment Reference Plans $ 5 Alternate Work Alternate Work Items Fire PKHD 4 Items _ 1, Rattan No.3 5 S Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely in place of the base bid wall SF00300&01 2300 PKLN 4 1 Alternate Work Items 2900 Insulation scope S S Remove and replace all attic roof Insulation entirely in place of the base bid roof SF00300&0123 00 S S PKW 4 2 Alternate Work Items 4600 Insulation scope, PKHD 5 Base Bid Base Bid 5 $ PKLN 5 1 Base Bid 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.2 530K) Reference Plans&01 21 00 530,000.00 S30.000.00 PKLN 5 2 Base Bid 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.3 $301() Reference Plans&01 21 00 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 PKLN 5 3 Base Bid 1 LS Unforseen Contingency Allowance:$14,948.00 Reference Plans&01 21 00 514,948.00 514.948.00 PKHD 6 Extra hems Unit Price 5 S PKLN 6 1 Extra hems 200 SF Cost of Gypsum Board Ceiling Repairs(Unit Price) 012200 5 S PKLN 6 2 Extra hems 20 EA Cost for Acoustical Ceiling The Repairs(Unit Price) 012200 5 5 PKLN 6 3 Extra Items 100 5F Cost for Attic Wail R-13 Insulation Repair(Unit Price) 01 22 00 $ S PKLN j 6 4 Extra Items 460_ SF Cost for Attic Roof R-30 Insulation Repair Price) 01 22 00 5 $ Total Base Bid Fire Station 2 $ Total Base Bid Fire Station 3 S Total Alternate Work Items Fire Station 2 5 Total Alternate Work Items Fire Station 3 S Total Extra Work Items 5 Allowances F52&F53& Contingency $74.948 Project Total IS I dO dil O } . CITY OF PEARLAND 0c;\ `` R:; City Hall Council Chambers 3519 Liberty Drive _ ,£' + ' n+ Pearland, Texas 77581 r r x a . http://pearlandtx.eov Pre-Bid Conference Agenda Fire Stations 2 &3 Repairs(HVAC) Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Wednesday August 04,2022 11:00 A.M. Project Limits: Fire Station No 2 (FA 2103) & Fire Station No 3 (FA 2104). The pre-bid meeting for this project is mandatory. Please make sure you have signed the sign-in sheet. This meeting is not to make changes in the design, but to answer any questions about the plans and specifications. Any questions you have shall be sent in writing through the E-bid system at ebids@pearlandtx.gov There will be no decisions made at this meeting. All questions and clarifications regarding project documents shall be made in writing and will be addressed by an addendum. Addendums will be available for viewing along with the contract documents. 1) Introduction of Participants a) City of Pearland Project Manager Sergio Becerril 2016 Old Alvin Pearland,TX 77581 281.652 1642 office sbecerril@pcarlandtx.gov b) City of Pearland Purchasing: Veronic Pena, Buyer 3523 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 281 652.1751 office vpena@pearlandix.gov c) Engineer of Record. Moe Brent,PE DBR 9990 Richmond Avenue, Suite 300 Houston,Texas 77042 713.914 08888 office vpena@pearlandtx.gov 2) Introduction of the Project a) Project Name• Fire Stations 2 & 3 Repairs(HVAC) b) City of Pearland Project Number FA 2103 & FA 2104 c) Bid No ITB 0722-20 d) Preliminary cost estimates. Fire Station No 2 - $203,995.50& Fire Station No 3- $195,863.50 Design 1 of 3 32.Revised 7/25/08 3) Project Overview a) Project Scope: • The major project components will consist of the following work at Fire Stations No 2 and No 3 • Replacement of the existing duct insulation with new R8 4 rated duct insulation, seal duct seams and seal everything with mastic. • TAB rebalancing of the HVAC system. • Replace/reinstall roof and wall insulation in the attic. • Install fan modulation equipment to the existing HVAC units. • Reduce flex duct lengths as indicated on the plans. b) This project is located within the jurisdiction of: City of Pearland c) The Contractor shall be aware of existing utilities in and around the project areas. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate and verify all utilities prior to construction. Contractor must contact and coordinate with all pertinent entities (i.e. AT&T, CenterPoint Energy, Comcast, etc.) and meet their requirements. d) Construction Concerns i. Coordination and communication with the City Staff and at times with the County ii. Noise mitigation will have minimal impact iii. Utility coordination iv Working within the existing ROW v Care concerning landscaping, irrigation systems, and other structures in or abutting the ROW vi. Phasing of the work to provide unobstructed access to City Staff and the County 4) Contract a.) Award i. Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder ii. Notice of Award—Successful Bidder shall return Standard Form of Agreement and Payment, Performance,and Maintenance Bonds within 10 days iii. Notice to Proceed—Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice to Proceed. b) Project Duration i. Substantial Completion. 180 days including weekends and holidays ii. Complete/Final Payment: 210 days. iii. Liquidated Damages. In the amount of $500 per day beyond established Substantial Completion date;$500 after the established Final Completion date will be added to the contract via addendum. 5) Bidding Process a. Advertised July 20,2022&July 27,2022,in the Pearland Reporter News. Design 2 of 3 32.Revised 7/25/08 b Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference:Thursday,August 04,2022,at 11 AM,at City of Pearland City Hall Council Chambers at 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Tx 77581 c Construction Plans & Specs available for download through the City's website at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are advised to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-Bid System at the above website by clicking on "Supplier Registration" and completing a short registration questionnaire. Electronic Bid Documents, including Plans, Technical Specifications and Bid Forms are available for download after registration is approved by City Purchasing office. No plan fees or deposits are required for bid documents obtained through the City's E-bid System. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids@pearlandtx.gov d. Additional questions regarding the project plans or proposal documents must be submitted in writing through the a-bid system by 5:00 P.M.Tuesday,August 09,2022, to cbids@pearlandtx.gov. e. Sealed bids due. Thursday, August 11, 2022, by 2:00 P.M. Bids shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer Bids will be opened electronically and read aloud after the 2:00 P.M. deadline. No presence is required for Bid Opening, but can be heard over the following Call-In number No presence is required for Bid Opening,but can be heard over the following Call-In number Dial in No 281-652-1955, Meeting No 1775#; Access Code: #0971# f. Bidder Qualifications—Three lowest bidders will be required to submit within 24 hours of bid opening. g. Bid Security —Five percent (5%) bid security must accompany each bid proposal in the form of certified check, cashier's check, or Bid Bond. Low bidder will be required to submit original within 24 hours of bid opening. 6) Closing comments Anything that has been said during the Pre-bid Conference is for the purpose of assisting in the clarification of the details of this project. This discussion is intended to be helpful to the potential bidders, but in no way is it meant to change anything contained in the Bid Documents. Additional questions regarding to project plans or bid documents must be submitted through ebids@pearlandtx.gov pearlsndtx.gov in writing to the Design Architect and City's Project Manager Bidders must rely on Addenda for official answers to issues that are either not covered or are ambiguous in the Bid Documents. All Pre-Bid participants will be notified of future Addenda, if required. Interested bidders are responsible for obtaining Addenda. The City expects the highest standards of customer service and customer satisfaction. Field personnel must extend courtesy, cooperation,and rapid response to customer concerns. Communicate any customer request, complaints, and/or concerns to the Project Manager, Construction Manager, or the Construction Inspector as soon as possible. 0 7) Questions Design 3 of 3 32.Revised 7/25/08 CoP Pre-Bid Conference Fire Station 2 & 3 Repairs (HVAC) / ,'_\ Sign-In Sheet bit Thursday, August 4, 2022 1100AM Name (Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email a -7-Ar 3449-244-emege 6)---r,9_1' , f Rae- per-- K ' 7(3-3/c-o A. & ea-g , ,,^- -x._5i LT44-►47 C A5I-1ov2o y1 kt,c �T c . cam,,,, (',Ij /Oir v(t ,tV�n,,t 251 1j-spI rSh►nos\r1cs1 c r6hi "kiee._,;(4a.kot, e_r pkartz, .23z.081 ZCZ3.4 0.6 11664/6144-/LeefORlit car e Pe 40(,) fyG+.a Darr ivi/ V F I� M I- "I- 4L raGtrrovqft biL ,r ci1tY qt1/ - AA•turo Gay-elett4 161KC. • lao•-t*52 -Acotrete-viA 5 cei,t4 Construction 1 of 2 D5 Revised 9/08 Name(Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email *To be included in consultant's meeting minutes Construction 2 of 2 D5 Revised 9/08 City of Pearland, TX ADDENDUM SECTION 00900 ADDENDUM NO.3 Date•August 10,2022 PROJECT Fire Station No.2&Fire Station No. 3 PROJECT NO. FA2103 &FA2104 BID No ITB 0722-20 • BID DATE. August 16, 2022,at 2.00 PM " ,•' '' T.. FROM. Brent Moe i* °p Project Manager f.. BRENT B. MOE DBR Engineering Consultants / ,0 117260 / 5 9990 Richmond Ave. f O' 4/ 0.: � % f ,o••..CENgE �i.. Suite 300 South I ss/O.....EN�"' Houston,TX,77042 0$11�1,13, To Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications,and Drawings are inconsistent,this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form,submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION Contract Documents. 1 Section 00100 will be replaced in its entirety Bid Closing has been rescheduled for Tuesday August 16, 2022 at 2:00 PM 2. Section 00300 will be replaced in its entirety Bid Proposal Sheet has been revised to include a bid line for paint. Specifications. (N/A) Construction Drawings (N/A) Questions&Answers. 1 Will there be any repairs required on the garage bay area ceilings? a. No, Apparatus Bay ceilings not in scope of work. 2 Is there a Mold Assessment for this project? Several of the AC grilles had visible black substance. a. All existing equipment to be reused is to be cleaned and repaired per 3 04—23 03 00 Mold Assessment not in scope of work. 3 For patch and repair to ceiling damages, will you require the GC to paint the entire ceiling or just the area that is to be repaired? 11/ 00900-1 8/10/22 City of Pearland, TX ADDENDUM a. Paint the entire ceiling. 4 Sheet Number MEP 2.11 for both Fire Stations,there's a Fire Sprinkler Note to modify the existing fire sprinkler system, but there are no drawings or specifications associated with this note.Please clarify the scope of work required for the fire sprinkler system. a. The scope of this work is minimal. The contractor may be required to adjust sprinkler head locations slightly in various areas to complete the HVAC work. This note is provided to ensure that if the need arises, a certified fire protection contractor does this work. There may not even be any work to be done depending on the existing conditions. 5 Can the bid due date be extended? a. Bid Date has been extended as shown above. 6. There is no line item for Paint on the Bid Proposal Sheet. Will this be added to the Bid Proposal Sheet? a. A new line item for paint associated with MEP repairs to gyp ceilings and walls has been added to the Bid Proposal Sheet and Bid Tab form. This new sheet shall supersede all previous versions. 7 There is no line item for Electrical on the Bid Proposal Sheet. Will this be added to the IP Bid Proposal Sheet. a. All electrical work associated with the addition of fan modulation equipment shall be packed along with mechanical work in the "Install fan modulation equipment" line Item. END OF ADDENDUM NO 3 Project Manager 00900-2 8/10/22 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND,TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration" Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However,submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade(New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at cbids arpearlandtx.gov All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer,City of Pearland,City Hall Council Chambers located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m.,Tuesday,August 16,2022. Bid Opening Call-In number for more information is as follows: Dial in#• 281-652-1955, Meeting No. 1775#• Access Code # 0971# All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly"opened"and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2—FA2103 Fire Station No 3—FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Council Chambers at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 11.00 a.m. on August 4,2022. The project will consist of the following for Fire Station No 2 & 3 111 06-2019 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID IP • Replacement of the existing duct insulation with new R8.4 rated duct insulation, seal duct seams and seal everything with mastic. • TAB rebalance of the HVAC system. • Replace/reinstall roof and wall insulation in the attic. • Install fan modulation equipment to the existing HVAC units. • Reduce flex duct lengths where indicated on the plans. Upon award of a contract,the successful Bidder will be required to email until further notice, for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200 Electronic Bid Documents including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: blips./lpearland.ionwavc.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s) Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents 06-2019 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No 570", naming the City of Pearland,Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Nondiscrimination The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U S C 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Selection Criteria. The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder In identifying this criteria the City will consider 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Leslie Crittenden Interim City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date July 20. 2022 Second Publication date July 27, 2022 06-2019 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL LOWEAT RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Date: Bid of , an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of ,for the construction of: Fire Station#2 &#3 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas Fire Station No.2—FA2103 Fire Station No 3—FA2104 BID NO.: ITB 0722-20 (Submitted in Electronic format) To. The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Fire Station #2 & #3 Repairs with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Joiner Architects, Inc., 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265, Kingwood, TX 77339, Contact: Joby Copley, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E- bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within IP the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's. 08-2018 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 180 days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500—Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)"shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No Date Addendum No. Date. Addendum No Date Addendum No Date- 111 Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name: By- Title. Address. Phone No ATTEST (Seal,if Bidder is a Corporation) (Typed or Printed Name) Signature Date. END OF SECTION 11) Bidder's Initial's: 08-2018 00300-2 of 2 Quantity UOM Description Spec Reference Unit Price Total PKHD 1 Base Bid 1 Fire Station No.2 PKLN 1 1 Base Bid 1 15 Mobilization(notto exceed 3%) 1505 5 S Replace existing duct insulation with R 8.4 rated duct Insulation,seal duct seams,seal PKLN 1 2 Base Bid 1 LS everything with mastic 23 $ 5 PKLN 1 3 Base Bid 1 LS TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 $ 5 PKLN 1 4 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall wall insulation in the attic Reference Plans S $ PKLN 1 5 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall roof insulation in the attic Reference Plans S . $ PKLN 1 6 Base Bid 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceiling tiles and drywall 23 11 19 5 5 PKLN 1 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation equipment Reference Plans $ $ PKLN 1 8 Base Bid 1 LS Reduce Flex duct 233113 $ 5 PKLN 1 9 Base Bid 1 LS Paint gyp ceilings/walls affected by MEP repairs. Reference plans $ $ Alternate Work Alternate Work Items Fire PKHD 2 Items 1 Station No.2 5 $ Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely In place of the base bid wall insulation SF 00300&0123 00 PPKLN2 1 Add Alternate Work Items 2900 scope S 5 Remove and replace all attic roof insulation entirely in place of the base bid roof SF 00300&0123 00 PPKLN2 2 Add Alternate Work Items 4600 Insulation scope. 5 5 PKHD 3 Base Bid 1 Fire Station No.3 $ 5 PKLN 3 1 Base Bid 1 LS Mobilization(not to exceed 3%) 1505 $ 5 1 Replace existing duct insulation with R 8.4 rated duct insulation,seal duct seams,seal 23 05 53 PKLN 3 2 Base Bid everything with mastic 5 5 PKLN 3 3 Base Bid 1 LS TAB rebalance system 23 05 29 $ 5 PKLN 3 4 Base Bid 1 LS Replace/reinstall wall Insulation In the attic Reference Plans $ $ PKLN 3 5 Base Bld 1 LS Replace/reinstall roof insulation in the attic Reference Plans $ S PKLN 3 6 Base Bid 1 LS Replace diffuser,replace damaged ceiling tiles and drywall 23 11 19 Si S PKLN 3 7 Base Bid 1 LS Install fan modulation equipment Reference Plans $ 5 PKLN 3 8 Base Bid 1 LS Paint gypcellings/walls effected by MEP repairs. Reference plans S 5 Alternate Work Alternate Work Items Fire PKHD 4 Items 1 Station No.3 5 5 SF Remove and replace all attic wall insulation entirely in place of the base bid wall insulation 00300&0123 00 PKLN 4 1 Alternate Work Items 2900 scope 5 5 Remove and replace all attic roof insulation entirely in place of the base bid roof 00300&0123 00 PKLN 4 2 Alternate Work Items 4600 Insulation scope. $ $ PKHD 5 Base Bid Base Bid $ S PKW 5 1 Base Bid Reference Plans&012100 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.2 530K) $30,000,00 530.000.00 PKLN 5 2 Base Bid Reference Plans&01 1 LS Attic Wall Insulation and Ceiling Insulation Allowance(Fire Station No.3 53010 530,000,00 530,000,00 PKLN 5 3 Base Bid 1 LS Unforseen Contingency Allowance:514,948,00 Reference Plans&01 2100 514,948.00 514,948.00 PKHD 6 Extra Items Unit Price $ 5 PKLN 6 1 Extra Items 200 SF Cost of Gypsum Board Ceiling Repairs(Unit Price) 0122 00 $ 5 PKLN 6 2 Extra Items 20 EA Cost for Acoustical Ceiling Tile Repairs(Unit Price) 0122 00 $ S PKLN - 6 3 Extra Items 100 SF Cost for Attic Wall R-13 Insulation Repair(Unit Pricel 012200 $ 5 PKLN 6 4 Extra Items 460 SF Cost for Attic Roof R-30Insulation Repair(Unit Pricel 0122 00 5 S Total Base Bld Fire Station 2 $ Total Base Bid Fire Station 3 S Total Alternate Work Items Fire Station 2 5 Total Alternate Work Items Fire Station 3 $ Total Extra Work Items $ Allowances FS2&FS3& Contingency $74,948 Project Total $ CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of: Work is limited to interior repairs and consists of repairs to damaged gypsum board ceilings,rdplacement of damaged acoustical lay-in ceiling tiles,removal and replacement of sagging ormissing Attic space roof and wall insulation, removal and replacement of air diffusers, reduce flex duct run lengths; removal and replacement of air diffusers, removal and replacement of duct insulation with R8 rated duct insulation, seal duct seams with mastic, install fan module equipment in air handlers and TAB re-balance of the system. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER i A N/A 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A N/A 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Work is limited to interior repairs and consists of repairs to damaged gypsum board ceilings, replacement of damaged acoustical lay-in ceiling tiles, removal and replacement of sagging or missing Attic space roof and wall insulation, removal and replacement of air diffusers, reduce flex duct run lengths, removal and replacement of air diffusers, removal and replacement of duct insulation with R8 08/2016 01100- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK rated duct insulation, seal duct seams with mastic, install fan module equipment in air handlers and TAB re-balance of the system. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A N/A 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 08/2016 01100-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting&Patching 3 Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb & Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, &EmbankmentMatenals 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.4 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1 Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material maybe placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Architect or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Architect. 01/2018 01140- 1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.5 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary Construction Easements or any access to private property not already included in the above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be the responsibility of the Contractor B Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Architect and property owner(s) as noted above. C Means,methods,techniques, sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the Architect. D Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect and at no cost to the Owner E Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner 1.6 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Architect 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets, when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting&Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 01/2018 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.7 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes orbusinesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Architect for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language 1.8 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Architect. B Obtain the Architect's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.9 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderlymanner B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no 01/2018 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. 1.10 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like matenals to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Architect. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner D Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill,& Embankment Materials, as approved by the Architect. E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or spngging. F Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. G Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2018 I 01140-4of4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards. 1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Architect. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Architect to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Architect shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume 1 Stockpiles. Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials. Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area. Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals,and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Architect multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Architect will direct one of the following remedies. 1 The nonconforming Work will remain as is,but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Architect, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Architect, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authonty of the Architect to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1 Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Architect. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3 Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle 4 Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5 Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work,unless specified otherwise. 6 Loading,hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1 Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3 Change procedures,using proposals and construction contract modifications,Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order,Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4 Execution of Change Orders, 5 Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References 1 Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book) Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authonzed to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable. 1 Ongmal Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit paces for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Architect. 3 Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4 Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1 Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3 Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7 03 "Extra Work" 4 Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5 Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6 Invoices and receipts for products,rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176 (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows. 1 Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day No other rate adjustments shall apply 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Architect of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 01 "Change Orders" 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Architect will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authonze the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Architect may issue a Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Architect may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Architect describmg the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Architect may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid/Proposal, the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1 04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time" D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Architect will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Architect may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1 01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the vanous Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Architect will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required. Architect's representatives,Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3 Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4 Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5 Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6 Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions,Applications for Payment, Requests for Information,Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7 Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8 Review of Subcontractors. 9 Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1 06 "Site Mobilization Conference",when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10 Procedures for testing. 11 Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12 Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13 Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Architect will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy B Attendance Required. Architect representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2 Safety and first aid procedures 3 Construction controls provided by Owner 4 Temporary utilities 5 Survey and layout 6 Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Architect. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Architect. B Attendance Required. Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Architect representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Architect or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. D Architect or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda. 1 Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule,Applications for Payment,payroll and compliance submittals. 3 Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4 Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5 Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6 Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7 Review status of Change Orders. 8 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule 10 Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11 Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13 Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14 Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15 Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications,refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for 1 Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3 Shop Drawings,Product Data, and Samples 4 Operations and Maintenance Data 5 Manufacturer's Certificates 6 Construction Photographs 7 Project Record Documents 8 Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options & Substitutions 3 Section 01100—Summary of Work 4 Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1 Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Architect will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Architect.This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor 3 The Architect's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements, review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4 Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5 Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6 The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1 Transmit each submittal to the Architect with a transmittal form. 2 Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1 Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3 Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4 For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1 10 "Video" C Contractor's Certification 1 Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100 00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and ., Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, { include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Architect. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Architect. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements 1 The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Architect. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3 For projects with multiple crafts or sigmficant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4 For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule 5 For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Pnce, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6 For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Architect prior to starting work in the area. 7 A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Architect. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Architect in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Architect for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule pnor to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Architect, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions m the Work or deviations made from the onginal plan and schedule F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule, any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1 Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3 The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4 Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1 Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3 Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project,where required by the Technical Specification. 4 For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer,trade name,model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5 For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6 For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1 04"Selection Options"and 1 07 "Substitution Procedures" 7 For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Architect or Owner C Samples 1 Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper 3 Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification, one of which will be retained by the Architect. 4 Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Architect. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product,but must be acceptable to Architect. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1 Prints. Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs Two prints, color, matte finish, 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3 Th photographs shall show. a. Date photographs were taken b Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4 Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences,trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 On completion of construction,provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with T01, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7of6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three(3)pnnts of each view and submit two (2) pnnts directly to the Project Manager within seven(7) days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380- 1 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a flash dnve. B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph. 1 Job number 2 Date and time photographs were taken. 3 Location of the photograph,house number and street, along with the project number C Indicate the condition of the following: 1 Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3 House-walk and sidewalk. 4 Curb 5 Area between walk and curb 6 Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fence,trees, etc.) 7 Date shall be on negative 8 Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information. 1 Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is used) 3 Name of the Contractor 4 Date the photograph was taken. 5 Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site 01/2008 01380-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on flash drive with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street,N W Washington,DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P O Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street,N W Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue,Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street,N W Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York,NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York,NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street,N W Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street,N W Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia,PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society PO Box 35104 Miami,FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue,N W Washington, DC 20036 CRD U S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains,NY 10604 FDA U S Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington, DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P 0 Box 440 S Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P O Box 1331 Piscataway,NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P 0 Box 986 Katy,TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street,N W , Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P 0 Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U S Department of Labor, Government Pnnting Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P 0 Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation PO Box 12157 Austin,TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and'manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350— Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION i 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections,tests,and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Architect,and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select,employ,and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory,with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1 Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner 3 Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4 Cores to test for thickness. 5 Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Architect will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project.Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager 1.04 ' LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect if specification section requires the presence of the Architect. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. L E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested,to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for 1 Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3 Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards 1 Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent(3%) of the total bid price B Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the following items, as applicable 1 Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program(Section 01570—Trench Safety System) 3 Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals) 4 Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) 5 Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 6 Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7 Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the following items, as applicable. 1 Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) D Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. F For contracts with a duration of less than 120 days,payment for the remaining 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the items listed in B and C above, as applicable. 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retamage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580 The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580,part 1 03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3 Section 01600—Materials &Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess matenal adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information. 1 Schedule for collection and inspection. 2 Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3 Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 07/2006 01562- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material. When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material. Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Architect. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials. Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Architect. F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Matenals &Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL,WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete, debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other matenals not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of B Dispose of removed equipment,matenals,waste and debns in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations J C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1 03D 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D' Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign descnption. B Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 -Mobilization. B If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order C Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City If a post-mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction. Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance. Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker. Experienced as a professional sign company D Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. 1 A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects. Provide one project identification sign. 3 Multiple Sites. Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4 Sign Relocation. As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction. Post-mounted signs are preferred, but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new 1 Sign Posts Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3 Skid Members 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4 Fasteners a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer c Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B Sign and Sign Header Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints, do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C Paint and Primers. White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade,fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D Colors Follow critena established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting , or as described in part 1 03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public C Erect sign level and plumb D If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN EXHIBIT - - - - -- - - -- --- --- �. First — Impression A fig. ` PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE u'avAumaw DRAT rlrue-we X teruesscn:e:e.e.a.e rAr 2 ikk a, ACT: PROJECT NO. 12345678 Capital Improvement CITY'OF PEARLAND Slgnage Layout CAPITACPROJECI PROJECT SCHEDULE:MONTH/YEAR ADDRESS: Various MAYOR:TOM REID BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT CrrY,5rAT1: COUNCIL POSITION T:TONY CARBONE Pearland,Texas COUNCIL PORTION s:SCOTTSHERMAN ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: DAM October2014 couNCILPosmoNa:GARYMOORE ' NAME GOES HERE FAME: MAYOR PRO TEM,xF11N ORDENEAux capital Improvement El CI COUNCIL POSITION S:DREG HILL CONTRACTOR: 40 blanxtemplale odaber 2014 El CITY MANAGER: CLAY PEARSON CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE rasLi eastiprizr0EEEE1OF DEPUTY MY MANAGER:ION BRANSON 4SttBeinctittIOd0Ap umesteDp® ASST MY MANAGER:.TRENT EPPERSON pearlandtx.gov/departmentslengineering-capital-projectstprojects RACIARAX1,u000:10a1D1.,p11ROJEO l`t^Jr`-'.1 tunu4A0WPrRDp6MWIEp07FTE(DEt — _"—" FVFOOMELISIOSCEIRMORSt011100001E SPECIAL NOTE:CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES I0 +20EE SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE 72CLE WTOPRO DEALLPrAURRYoe COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS O TIE SIGN LELECTRICAL ssoi�nSESPPECCWIED. INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4"TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH IS 24",OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REQ'D. CLIENT APPROVAL 10/2014 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products. Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment,designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1 Work of other contractors or the Owner 2. Limitations of storage space. 3 Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4 Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure. 1 Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3 Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4 Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner,by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping,marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers'unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,matenals,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machmery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing matenals or components designated for re-use. B Process. Any propnetary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved" Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical,Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products. C Product Compatibility To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Architect deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Architect to make such a judgment. C If the Architect determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Architect. The Architect's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Architect to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information. 1 Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products. a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engmeer, and installing contractor 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3 For construction methods. a. Detailed description of proposed method. b Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4 Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5 Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6 Relationship to separate contracts, if any 7 Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8 Other information requested by the Architect. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D References to Technical specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Architect 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer 07/2006 01750- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect,check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start, test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 0 760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Recor Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Clo3eout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in BiLl Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and rel ted Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AN SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Docume is at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700— General Conditions of Agre ment, 3 02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible" B Store Record Documents and Sampl s in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RE ORD" in neat, large,printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clea,,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes E Keep Record Documents and Sample available for inspection by Architect. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with onstruction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Dr wings. Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or"as built" cond.tions, including: 1 Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to ermanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3 Field changes of dimension and detail. 4 Changes made by modifications. 5 Details not on onginal Plans. 6 References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Architect. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 0 .770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final .ubmittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and aintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350— Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Sects n under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — Gene al Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when ork is complete and ready for Architect's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of th Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspects n at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final i spection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site, sweep paved area', rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1 Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1 09 "Substantially Completed" 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO.2 & 3 REPAIRS SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions apply this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1 Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances.Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order B. Types of allowances include the following: 1 Lump-sum allowances. C. Related Sections. Work of all sections,including Division 01 Sections,as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract,inform Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. B At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier 14 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" B. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances,in the form specified for Change Orders. C. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of matenals delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. D Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. DBR Project No 210321 000 01 2100- 1 ALLOWANCES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work.Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1 6 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and matenals ordered by Owner under allowance and shall include taxes,freight, and delivery to Project site. B Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Unforeseen Contingency Allowance: $14,948 00 1 Refer to Drawings and appropriate Specification Sections for additional requirements. Reference photos of Attic area for examples of sagging/damaged insulation. B Attic Wall&Attic Roof Insulation Replacement Allowance: $60,000 00 1 Provide an allowance for replacement of attic wall and attic roof insulation. Refer to Drawings and appropriate Specification Sections for additional requirements. Reference photos of Attic area for examples of sagging/damaged insulation. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 01 21 00-2 ALLOWANCES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS SECTION 01 22 00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT(UNIT PRICES) PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to portions of the Work performed under a unit price payment method. B Defect assessment and non-payment for rejected work. 1.2 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this Section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the individual specification section govern. B Take all measurements and compute quantities. The Architect will venfy measurements and quantities. 1.3 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantities indicated in the Contract Documents are for bidding and contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by the Architect determine payment. B If the actual Work requires more or fewer quantities than those quantities indicated,provide the required quantities at the unit sum/prices contracted. 1 4 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement Devices. 1 Weigh Scales. Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State Weights and Measures Department within the past year 2. Platform Scales. Of sufficient size and capacity to accommodate the conveying vehicle. 3 Metering Devices. Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State department within the past year B Measurement by Weight: Concrete reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by handbook weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by handbook or scale weight. C Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness. DBR Project No. 210321 000 01 22 00- 1 MEASUREMENT AND UNIT PRICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS D Measurement by Area. Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. E. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension,at the item centerline or mean chord. F Stipulated Sum/Pnce Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or combination,as appropnate,as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.5 PAYMENT A. Payment Includes. Full compensation for all required labor, Products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work;overhead and profit. B Final payment for Work governed by unit pnces will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Architect multiplied by the unit/sum pnce for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1 6 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the Work,or portions of the Work,not conforming to specified requirements. B If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Architect will direct one(1)of the following remedies. 1 The defective Work may remain, but the unit sum/price will be adjusted to a new sum/price or reduced 50 percent at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Architect, and the unit sum/pnce will be adjusted to a new sum/price or reduced 50 percent at the discretion of the Architect. C. The individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction. D The authonty of the Architect to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final. 1 7 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for any of: 1 Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3 Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4 Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5 Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading,hauling and disposing of rejected Products. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used DBR Project No. 210321 000 01 22 00-2 MEASUREMENT AND UNIT PRICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1 Cost for Gypsum Board Ceiling Repairs This Unit Price shall be the entire unit cost including overhead and profit to provide removal and replacement of approximately 200 sq. ft. of damaged/stained gypsum board around air diffusers.The units priced shall be dollars for total. B. Unit Price No.2. Cost for Acoustical Ceiling Tile Repairs This Unit Price shall be the entire unit cost including overhead and profit to provide removal and replacement of approximately(20) 24"x24" damaged/stained acoustical ceiling tiles.The units priced shall be dollars for total. C. Unit Price No 3 Cost for Attic Wall R-13 Insulation Repair This Unit Price shall be the entire unit cost including overhead and profit to provide removal and replacement of approximately 100 sq ft. of sagging, missing or damaged wall insulation. The units priced shall be dollars for total. D Unit Price No 4 Cost for Attic Roof R-30 Insulation Repair This Unit Pnce shall be the entire unit cost including overhead and profit to provide removal and replacement of approximately 460 sq. ft. of sagging, missing or damaged roof insulation.The units priced shall be dollars for total. END OF SECTION DBR Project No. 210321 000 01 22 00-3 MEASUREMENT AND UNIT PRICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 ALTERNATE PRICES A. Contractor shall state, in the spaces provided in the proposal form,Alternate Prices for the work described below The responsibility of determining quantity of Alternates rests with the Contractor Base Proposal and Alternates shall include cost of all supporting elements required, so that no matter what combination of Base Proposal and Alternates are accepted, that portion shall be a complete entity in itself. Work for all Alternates shall be in strict accordance with the specification sections noted and applicable to the specific work. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 ALTERNATES A. Alternate Number 1 Attic Wall Insulation Fire Station No.2 1 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be in place of the Base Proposal attic wall insulation replacement. Contractor shall remove and replace all exposed attic wall insulation (Attic space only) with new R-13 unfaced fiberglass insulation (approximately 2,900 sq ft.). B Alternate Number 2.Attic Roof Insulation Fire Station No.2 2 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be in place of the Base Proposal attic roof insulation replacement. Contractor shall remove and replace all exposed roof insulation (Attic space only) with new R-30 unfaced fiberglass insulation (approximately 2,900 sq ft.). C. Alternate Number 3 Attic Wall Insulation Fire Station No.3 3 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be in place of the Base Proposal attic wall insulation replacement. Contractor shall remove and replace all exposed attic wall insulation(Attic space only)with new R-13 unfaced fiberglass insulation (approximately 2,900 sq ft.). D Alternate Number 4 Attic Roof Insulation Fire Station No. 3 4 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be in place of the Base Proposal attic roof insulation replacement. Contractor shall remove and replace all exposed roof DBR Project No. 210321 000 01 23 00- 1 ALTERNATES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS insulation (Attic space only) with new R-30 unfaced fiberglass insulation (approximately 4,600 sq ft.) E. Unless otherwise indicated,scope of work for each alternate shall include material and labor, general conditions and all other costs associated with completing the work described. F Alternates are not listed in any order of pnonty G Acceptance of alternates shall be the sole discretion of the Owner END OF SECTION DBR Project No. 210321 000 01 23 00 -2 ALTERNATES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS SECTION 01 73 29-CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Section Includes: Procedures for cutting, patching, removal, replacement and refinishing necessitated by damage to or deterioration of installed new work, cutting and removal for access or inspection and similar causes. 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Perform cutting, patching, removal, replacement and refinishing work so as to preserve the aesthetic and structural integrity, continuity and uniformity of matenals and construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CUTTING. A. Neatly cut matenals to be removed, leaving a clean edge on adjacent material to remain. Break out matenal to be removed carefully so irregular edges or surfaces will not be visible after repair,patching and/or replacement and completion of construction. B Unfasten and dismantle assembled systems wherever possible at joints between components.Remove components in complete pieces,cutting only where unavoidable. C. Structural Elements. If removal or alteration becomes necessary, perform such removal or alteration only upon written approval of the Architect and Owner 2.02 PATCHING,REPAIRING AND REFINISHING. A. Promptly repair, patch and/or replace items or materials damaged by construction operations in compliance with applicable requirements of the Section covering the work to be performed and the requirements of this Section,at no additional cost to the Owner B Repair damaged areas exposed to view in ceilings, walls, floors and other exposed surfaces of all finished spaces.Match adjacent like materials and finish. C. Intenor penetration holes in walls, ceilings, and floors of unfinished spaces and spaces not exposed to view shall be grouted or filled and sealed with approved materials as required for sound sealing and firestops where required. END OF SECTION 01 73 29 DBR Project No 210321 000 01 73 29- 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3 REPAIRS SECTION 07 21 00 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes thermal and acoustical insulation and loose masonry fill, for installation with work of other Sections. B Related Sections. Work of other sections, including Division 01 Sections, as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1 Related Sections include. 2. a. Division 23 Mechanical Sections. for mechanical insulation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures" B Product Data. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with specified requirements. C Product Test Reports. Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for insulation products. 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A This Section outlines the minimum standards and requirements for this Project. Refer to the Drawings and other Specifications for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect, and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B Source Limitations. Obtain each type of building insulation through one source from a single manufacturer C Fire-Test-Response Characteristics. Provide insulation and related materials with the fire- ' DBR Project No 210321 000 07 21 00 - 1 BUILDING INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency 1 Surface Burning Characteristic: ASTM E 84 2. Fire Resistance Ratings. ASTM E 119 3 Combustion Characteristics. ASTM E 136. D Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. 1 6 JOB CONDITIONS A Do not proceed with the installation of insulation until subsequent work which conceals the insulation is ready to be performed. B Protect plastic insulation as follows. 1 Do not expose to sunlight,except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times.Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 3 Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection. 1 Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one(1) of the manufacturers specified, or Architect approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A General. Provide insulating matenals that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. DBR Project No 210321 000 07 21 00-2 BUILDING INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3 REPAIRS 1 Preformed Units. Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses,widths, and lengths. B Thermal Insulation, Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation. ASTM C 665 Type III, Class A(blankets with reflective vapor-retarder membrane facing and flame spread of 25 or less); with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face. 1 Mineral-Fiber Type- Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Walls. For use in partition thermal applications. 3 Approved Manufacturers/Products. a. CertainTeed Corp (AcoustaTherm) b. Guardian Fiberglass,Inc.(Thermal& Sound Control Batts) c. Johns-Manville(Thermal-SHIELD Thermal Insulation) d. Knauf(QuietTherm Insulation) e. Owens-Corning(Thermal Batt Insulation) PART 3 -EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and for other conditions affecting performance. 1 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 1 Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of punctunng vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment. 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice,rain,and snow C Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D Water-Piping Coordination. If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, DBR Project No 210321 000 07 21 00 -3 BUILDING INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3 4 INSTALLATION 1 Blanket insulation shall be snugly fit into cavities of stud partitions and/or stud walls at exterior of building. Provide mechanical support and anchorage that holds the insulation in place and prevents settlement due to gravity or vibration. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 21 00-4 BUILDING INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1 Exterior sealants and sealants for moving joints, except for joints in those systems specified in other sections. 2. Interior sealants and caulking. B Related Sections. Work of other sections, including Division 01 Sections, as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. Provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" B Product Data. For each joint-sealant product indicated. C Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view D Samples for Verification. For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. E. Product Certificates. Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. F Qualification Data. For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00- 1 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3 REPAIRS G Preconstruction Field Test Reports. Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on preconstruction testing specified in"Quality Assurance" Article. H. Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. Include information specified in"Field Quality Control" Article I. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the following: 1 Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for pnmers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. J Product Test Reports. From a qualified testing agency indicating sealants comply with requirements,based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations. K. Warranties Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines the minimum standards and requirements for this Project. Refer to the Drawings and other Specifications for additional requirements elsewhere in the Construction Documents. Where requirements of the Drawings, Specifications, or authorities having jurisdiction conflict, the more stringent requirement shall take precedence. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect, and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B Installer Qualifications. An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. 1 All intenor and exterior exposed-to-view sealants even though specified in other Sections shall be the work of this Section. C. Source Limitations Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer D Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1 Use manufacturers standard test methods to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than nine pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-2 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS 3 Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4 For materials failing tests, obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. 5 Testing will not be required if joint sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility E. Product Testing: Obtain test results for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36-month period. 1 Testing Agency Qualifications. An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 2. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920, and where applicable,to other standard test methods. 3 Test other joint sealants for compliance with requirements indicated by referencing standard specifications and test methods. F Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to joint substrates as follows. 1 Locate test joints where indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicatedbelow a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3 Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4 Arrange for tests to take place with joint sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. 5 Test Method.Test joint sealants by hand-pull method described below a. Install joint sealants in 60-inch-long joints using same materials and methods for joint preparation and joint-sealant installation required for the completed Work. Allow sealants to cure fully before testing. b Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch from cross-cut end of 2-inch piece. c. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch piece of sealant between cross-cut end and 1- inch mark; pull firmly at a 90-degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension,hold this position for 10 seconds. d. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side,and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-3 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS 6 Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 7 Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results. Sealants not evidencmg adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. G Mockups Before installing joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1 Joints in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants, which are specified by reference to this Section. H. Premstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with require- ments in Division 01 Section"Project Management and Coordination" 1 6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants,or other causes. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions. 1 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer 2. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 degrees F 3 When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint-Width Conditions. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-4 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty- Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B Special Installer's Warranty Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomenc joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period. Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty Wntten warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period. 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. D Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric Joint sealants from the following: 1 Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3 Mechanical damage caused by individuals,tools,or other outside agents. 4 Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Specifications are based on the products or materials of the named manufacturer, otherwise selection may be made from any manufacturer whose products meet or exceed the specifications. Other manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years expenence manufacturing the products meeting or exceeding the specifications and comply with Division 01 requirements regarding substitutions to be considered. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Caulking for Exposed Non-Working Interior Locations. 1 Type Paintable Acrylic Latex conforming to ASTM C834,vertical grade. 2. Approved Manufacturers. a. Bostik,Inc. b Pecora,Inc. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-5 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS c BASF Sonneborn d. Sika e. Tremco Incorporated B. Sealant for All Working Joints and Exposed Exterior Locations. 1 Type Two component,polyurethane,non-sag, conforming to FS TT-S-00227E, Type II,Class A and ASTM C920,Type M, Grade NS, Class 25 2. Refer to drawings and other sections of the specifications for locations. Provide full sealant joints at building expansion joints. 3 Approved Manufacturers a. Bostik,Inc. b Pecora,Inc. c. BASF Sonneborn d. Sika e. Tremco Incorporated C. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 09 Section, Gypsum Board Assemblies. D Mildew-Resistant Silicone Rubber Sealant: Silicone rubber based, one-part, non-sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew; complying with ASTM C 920, Type 8, and with resistance for mold growth, recommended by manufacturer for interior applications, including seal around bath tubs, food service equipment and similar applications subjected to attack by mildew Provide type recommended by manufacturer for porosity of joint surfaces. 1 Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following systems. a. Dow Corning 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant;Dow Corning Corp. b Sanitary 1700; General Electric. 2. Locations. Sanitary seal at plumbing fixtures and countertops,and tile. E. Sealant for Horizontal Exposed Exterior Paving Locations. Refer to Section in Division 32 and Civil Drawings. F Primers, Cleaners, Top Coats. Use only materials listed as suitable in resistance to staining,compatibility and durability before proceeding. G Expanded Polyethylene Joint Filler Provide flexible, compressible, closed-cell, polyethylene of not less than 10 psi compression deflection (25 percent); except provide higher compression deflection strength as may be necessary to withstand installation forces and provide proper support for sealants, surface water absorption of not more than 0 1 pounds per square foot,as manufactured by Sonneborn, or Architect approved equal. H. Sealant Backer Rod. Provide compressible rod stack of polyethylene foam, polyurethane DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-6 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable, non-absorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for back-up of and compatibility with sealant. Where used with hot- applied sealant, provide heat-resistant type which will not be deteriorated by sealant application temperature as indicated. I. Bond Breaker Tape- Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 INSPECTION A. Require installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealants for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting Joint sealant performance. Obtain installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealant work. Do not allow joint sealant work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. At Contractor's direction, installer,joint sealant manufacturers' representatives, and other trades whose work affects installation of joint sealants shall meet at Project Site to review procedures and time schedule proposed for installation of joint sealants which is coordinated with other,related work. B Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommenda- tions of joint sealant manufacturers and the following requirements. 1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil, grease; waterproofing; water repellants, water; surface dirt and frost. 2. Clean concrete,masonry,unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing,gnndmg,blast cleaning,mechanical abrading,acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles• remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air 3 Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4 Clean metal,glass,porcelam enamel,glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other non- porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of j oint sealants. C. Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufactur- er based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer _ to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond,do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. DBR Project No 210321 000 07 92 00-7 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS D Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint sealant manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply B. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to matenals,applications,and conditions indicated. C. Comply with the recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials,applications and conditions indicated. D Install sealant backmgs to comply with the following requirements. 1 Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the crosssectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. b. Do not stretch,twist,puncture or tear Joint-fillers. c. Remove absorbent joint-fillers which have become wet prior to sealant ap- plication and replace with dry material. 2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of joint. E. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability 1 Install multiple colors at masonry veneerj omts if multiple masonry colors are present. F Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth,umform beads of configuration indicated,to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of Joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer 1 Flush joint configuration per Figure 6B in ASTM C 1193,where indicated. DBR Project No. 210321 000 07 92 00-8 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints. DBR Project No 210321 000 07 92 00-9 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field-test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows. 1 Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows. a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of j oint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method.Test joint sealants by hand-pull method described below. a. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch from cross-cut end of 2-inch piece. b. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch piece of sealant between cross-cut end and 1- inch mark; pull firmly at a 90-degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension,hold this position for 10 seconds. c. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side,and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. 3 Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements.Record results in a field adhesion test log. 4 Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand- pull test criteria. b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 5 Record test results in a field adhesion test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration,and sealant dimensions. 6 Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used to onginally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant contacts onginal sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Test Results. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements,will be considered satisfactory Remove DBR Project No 210321 000 07 92 00- 10 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contammatmg substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deterio- rated joint sealants immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealant installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from originalwork. B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 07 92 00 - 10 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS SECTION 09 21 16-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gypsum board assemblies and wood support systems. B Submittals. Product Data for each type of product indicated. C Limiting Heights of Interior Partitions. L/240, except when ceramic tile or portland cement plaster finishes are indicated, in which case,limit deflection to L/360 D Fire-Test-Response Characteristics. For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Related Sections Rough Carpentry 06 10 00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Panel Size, General. Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B Interior Trim. ASTM C 1047 1 Expansion(Control)Joint: Use where indicated. C Joint Treatment Materials, General. Comply with ASTM C 475 D Joint Tape 1 Interior Gypsum Wallboard. Paper E. Auxiliary Materials. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1 Steel Drill Screws ASTM C 1002,unless otherwise indicated. a. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0 033 to 0 112 inch thick. DBR Project No 210321 000 09 21 16- 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. 1 Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c. 3 On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing,unless otherwise indicated. 4 On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. 5 Single-Layer Fastening Methods. Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 6 Multilayer Fastening Methods. Fasten base layers with screws, fasten face layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. 7 Laminating to Substrate Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 8. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 9 Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. a. Space control and expansion joints in walls at maximum 30 feet o.c. and in ceilings at 50 feet o.c. or 2,500 sq ft., review proposed locations with Architect. B Installing Trim Accessories. For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. C Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 1 Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. DBR Project No 210321 000 09 21 16-2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE T S ATION NO. 2&3 REPAIRS 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. 3 Gypsum Board Finish Levels. Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840,for locations indicated, a. Level 1 Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance- rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. b Level 2. Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. c. Level 4 Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view,unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION DBR Project No. 210321 000 09 21 16-3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3 REPAIRS SECTION 09 91 00-PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and intenor items and surfaces. 1 Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. All interior paint to be anti-microbial type. C. Paint exposed surfaces,except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. D Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1 Labels. Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification,performance rating, or nomenclature plates. E. Submittals. For each paint system specified,provide the following: 1 Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating matenals. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information. Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. F Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. G Samples for Verification. Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1 Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and pnmers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. DBR Project No. 210321 000 21 02 01- 1 PAINTING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS H. Source Limitations. Obtain block fillers,primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. I. Benchmark Samples (Mockups) Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5 Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. 1 The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated, apply coatings in this room or to each surface as specified. a. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. J Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. K. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C) Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly Remove oily rags and waste daily L. Project Conditions. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. M. Extra Materials. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below Package paint materials in unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner 1 Quantity Furnish the Owner with an additional 5 percent,but not less than 1 gal. (3 785 L) or 1 case,as appropriate,of each material and color applied. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Material Compatibility Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience B Material Quality Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1 Proprietary Names. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. C Colors Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match the Architect's samples. DBR Project No. 210321 000 21 02 01 -2 PAINTING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO.2 &3 REPAIRS 1 Verify sheen of all products with Architect. D Manufacturers. Sherwin Williams,Benjamin Moore,Glidden. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry B Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. C Preparation. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. D Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly painted surfaces. E. Surface Preparation. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. F Materials Preparation. Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary,remove surface film and strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G Application. Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1 Paint colors, surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3 Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4 The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5 Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. DBR Project No. 210321 000 21 02 01-3 PAINTING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1 The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3 Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. Application Procedures. Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. J Minimum Coating Thickness. Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer K. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. L. Prime Coats. Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. N Field Quality Control. The Owner reserves the right to engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken,identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor 1 The testing agency will perform appropriate tests as required by the Owner 2. If tests show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from the site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary, the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint,the 2 coatings are incompatible. 0 Cleanup At the end of each workday,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1 After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. DBR Project No 210321 000 21 02 01-4 PAINTING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 REPAIRS P Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning,repainng or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. Q Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1 At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 R. Paint Schedules. Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated. 3 02 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board. Provide the following finish systems over intenor gypsum board surfaces. 1 Flat Acrylic Finish. 2 finish coats over a pnmer a. Primer Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 1mils(0 028m). 1) Sherwin-Williams Harmony Latex Primer b. First and Second Coats. Flat, acrylic-latex-based, antimicrobial interior paint applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 4 mils(0 035 mm) 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Interior Flat Latex 2. Semi gloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 1 mils (0 028 mm) 1) Sherwin-Williams Harmony Latex Primer b First and Second Coats Semigloss, acrylic-latex, antimicrobial interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0 033 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Semi-Gloss END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 21 02 01-5 PAINTING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings is deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect/Engineer C Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition, and the Contractor, in such cases,may at his option use any article, device,product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer, expressed in writing, is the equivalent of that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form complete and functioning systems in all of their various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The Contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts,prior to commencement of Work. B This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items as specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation, including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include,but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC) items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 1 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS D Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to bidding. Where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid, the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved, however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall"Scope" H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. I. The Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process as required, including, but not limited to, meeting attendance, completion of checklists, and participation in functional testing. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the reviewed shop drawings. B All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets, clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans, and other trades. Submit shop drawings for review C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner D Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-2 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied, verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Pnme and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical(HVAC) systems. C Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC) equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices, conduit, wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS,TESTS,INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits, fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of substantial completion. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the Architect, Owner and Contractor 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct - properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe or duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 3 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts thereof, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated,properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the building structure,piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth intenor finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping, ducts or other parts of the Work, the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the\ Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges,meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements which includes and is not limited to the following nationally accepted codes and standards. 1 Air Moving&Conditioning Association,AMCA. 2. American Standards Association,ASA. 3 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.,ASHRAE. 4 American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. 5 American Society of Plumbing Engineers,ASPE. 6 American Society of Testing Materials,ASTM. 7 American Water Works Association,AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards,NBS. 9 National Fire Protection Association,NFPA. 10 Sheet Metal&Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association, SMACNA. 11 Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.,UL. 12. International Building Code,IBC ' 13 International Energy Conservation Code,IECC 14 International Fire Code,IFC. 15 International Fuel Gas Code,IFGC 16 International Mechanical Code,IMC D Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards,utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-4 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS E. When directed in writing by the Engineer,remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation. A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 01 B Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C Indicated. The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of "Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D Directed. Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed. Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F Furnish. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term"Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation,etc.,as applicable in each instance. G Install. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H. Provide- Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 5 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS Installer• Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor, or its Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J Imperative Language. Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or, when so noted, by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity. In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information(RFI)for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols. The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable arid where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by the latest ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the Work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS B Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the vanous sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality only It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discnminate against any product, material or method that is the equivalent of the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturer's standard product will meet the requirements of the project design,Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equivalent capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution be made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 calendar days prior to the bid date without fail. F Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G Wherever a definite matenal or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equivalent construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUIVALENT" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUIVALENT" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the Specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 26 DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-7 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS J Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected Subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the Owner K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with the requirements listed above; and if accepted, will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades, and to pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner, the Architect or Engineer, if any,due to the substitutions. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded. The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty-day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty(30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files.All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF 8.0 format and bookmarked for individual specification sections. Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items. 1 A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3 A list of variations page with a listing of all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS" Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor 4 Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 8 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 5 Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1'-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7 Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8 Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9 Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" B Refer to Division 00 and Division 01 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. C Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a venfication or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated. 1 REVIEWED• Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED. Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3 NOT APPROVED. Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved. The Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or Drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-9 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 4 REVISE AND RESUBMIT Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit. The Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED• Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating that the submittal meets all conditions of the Contract Documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED• Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified. The Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the Specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment when submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without submittal review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer G Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to, the following items subject to project requirements. 1 Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing 2. Duct Insulation 3 Refrigerant Piping 4 Metal Ductwork 5 Air Distribution Devices Refer to other Division 23 sections for additional submittal requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access, and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including(but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1 Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO.2 &3—REPAIRS a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3 Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4 Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling-mounted items. B This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting coordination drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare Record Documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 00 and Division 01, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23 B The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of clearly and legibly marked Record Drawings on the job site to record all changes and modifications, including, but not limited to the following: work details, alterations to meet site conditions, and changes made by "Change Order" notices. Mark the drawings with colored pencil(s). These shall be available for review by the Owner, Architect or Engineer during the entire construction stage. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 02 00- 11 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS C The Record Drawings shall be updated concurrently as construction progresses, and in no case less frequently than a daily basis. They shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. D Record Drawings shall indicate, at a minimum,the following installed conditions. 1 Duct mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers, fire dampers, duct access panels, and other control devices, filters, fuel fired heaters, fan coils, condensing units, and roof-top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.) Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and honzontal locations of underground piping. 3 Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4 Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5 Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. E. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. F If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of Record Drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Delivery of Record Documents is a condition of final acceptance. Record Drawings shall be furnished in addition to Shop Drawings. G The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the record documents in PDF format and one (1) full size set of Record Drawing prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The drawings shall have the name(s) and seal(s) of the Engineer(s) removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows. CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 12 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 00 and Division 01 and, in addition to the requirements specified in those Divisions, include the following information for equipment items. 1 Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. a. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up,break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions, regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions, and summer and winter operating instructions. b. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. c. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and scheduled date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submitted at least 90 days before the projected substantial completion date. B Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of substantial completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to, those items outlined in Section 23 02 00 1.18 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare Operations and Maintenance manuals in accordance with the requirements of Division 01 and Division 23 In addition to the requirements of other Sections, this shall include the following information for equipment items. 1 Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number,type, color coding, location and function. 3 Reviewed Shop Drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter 4 Fabrication drawings. 5 Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 02 00- 13 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 6 Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions, regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions, and summer and winter operating instructions. 7 Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 8 Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 9 Equipment and motor name plate data. 10 Wiring diagrams. 11 Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 12. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 13 Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner 14 Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubncant required. B Coordinate with Division 01 for Operations and Maintenance manual requirements. Unless noted otherwise, bind together in "D ring" style three-ring binders (National model no 79-883 or equivalent). Binders shall be large enough to allow 1/4" of spare capacity Include three (3) sets with all approved Shop Drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections with tabbed insertable dividers, labeled for easy reference. Utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 23 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise,be bound with bulletins. C In addition to the bound "hard-copy" Operation and Maintenance manuals referenced above, provide an identical electronic copy in searchable PDF format, with all sections bookmarked within the file for easy reference. Provide a USB flash drive with the final manual to the Owner D Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer for review a minimum of fourteen (14) working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals which the Engineer deems incomplete, poorly organized, or otherwise unacceptable will be rejected in writing. The Contractor will subsequently be required to again turn over Operating and Maintenance Manuals,with all deficiencies corrected,until deemed acceptable by the Engineer 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include a minimum of 12 hours of onsite training in three(3) shifts of four(4)hours each. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 14 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS B Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner At the conclusion of the instruction period, obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C Refer to other Division 23 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the Work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 23 for additional requirements. B Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately pnor to Substantial Completion. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to Substantial Completion. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing; and, if granted, shall not cause the warranty period to start, except as defined below B Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after the date of the Substantial Completion, and shall furnish(free of additional cost to the Owner) all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner, or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees provided by the equipment manufacturer for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of Substantial Completion. E. Refer to Sections in Division 23 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages,losses and expense,including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS B Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise, without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D Any reuse or modifications will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. 1 It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner The Contract Documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner 2. If the client, Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then AutoCAD/ Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices, flash drives or CD's. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols. AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3 At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/ Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols. The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed. The electronic media will be prepared in a ".rvt" or ".dwg" format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer and assembled in the United States for all local and Federal Government projects. These materials and equipment shall comply with"Buy American Act." B Access Doors. Provide access doors as required for access to equipment, valves, controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 02 00- 16 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C. All access doors located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D Access Doors. shall be as follows. 1 Plaster Surfaces. Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3 Drywall Surfaces. Milcor Style DW 4 Install doors only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.02 EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide 6-inch-high concrete pads for indoor floor mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum extension of 6 inch beyond the equipment on all sides. Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish, equivalent to the floor External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4" radius, unless shown otherwise. B Provide 6-inch-high concrete pads for all exterior mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum extension of 6 inch beyond the equipment on all sides. Provide a 4-foot monolithic extension to the pad in front of the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area(i.e. landscape, gravel, clay, etc.) Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4"radius,unless shown otherwise. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 48 for additional rough-in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems,materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements. 1 Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3 Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction,to allow for mechanical installations. 4 Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5 Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6 Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials,and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 17 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 7 Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8 Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and submit proposed solution to the Architect for review 9 Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components,where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10 Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as possible, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11 Install access doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Refer to paragraph 2 1 in this section and architect for access doors specifications and location. 12 Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13 Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curbs which match the roof slope and provides a level top for equipment installation. Refer to Architectural drawings and details. 14 The equipment to be furnished under these Specifications shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer 15 The Architectural and Structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16 Lubrication. Prior to start-up, check and properly lubncate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer 17 Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting, piping, ducts, etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18 Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Submittals shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachment shall be with escutcheon pins, self-tapping screws, or machine screws. b Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as- built" drawings. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 18 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 19 Provide construction filters for all air handling units, fan coil unit, VAV boxes, and all other air handling equipment during the entire construction period. 20 Provide temporary construction strains for all strainers in the hydromc systems during the initial flushing of the systems. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B Perform cutting,fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to 1 Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3 Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4 Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5 Install equipment and matenals in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work,without additional cost to the Owner 7 Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers, refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched, Refer to Paragraph 1 11 I for definition of"Installer" C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE, TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed. 1 A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems shall be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00- 19 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS 3 Contractor shall not start-up any of the HVAC equipment unless the Owner, Architect and Engineer are signed off. 4 Start-up for major HVAC equipment such as chillers, cooling towers, variable frequency drives and hot water boilers shall be performed by a factory technician. The start-up shall include a written report signed off by Contractor, Engineer and Owner 3.05 DEMOLITION AND WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of, and connections to, the existing piping, duct, equipment and other apparatus related to this phase of the Work. However, this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents,prior to the submission of a proposal. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by the contractor, who shall produce drawings that shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. B All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Remain" shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain, including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review C. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed" shall be removed including, associated pipe and duct, pipe and duct hangers and/or line supports. Where duct or pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use, it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection, the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection, remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. D Dunng construction and remodeling, portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, material, tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility; or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits, stairs or corridors required for proper access, circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment, materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades, other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. E. Certain work during the demolition and construction phases may require overtime or night time shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance in writing. F Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner, shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately G Equipment,piping or other potential hazards to the occupants of the building shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-20 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS H. Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property Repair, patch or replace as required any damage that occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Coordinate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. I. Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing pipe, duct, etc., and the reconnecting of the existing equipment as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting,reconnecting or relocating is shown on the Drawings. Furnish all temporary pipe, duct, controls, etc., as required to maintain heating, cooling, and ventilation services for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. J All existing pipe, duct, materials, equipment, controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. K. Pipe, duct, equipment and controls serving mechanical and other Owner's equipment, etc., which is to remain but is served by pipe, duct, equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. L. No portion of the fire protection systems shall be turned off, modified or changed in any way without the express knowledge and written permission of the Owner's representative in order to protect systems that shall remain in service. M. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. N Refer to Architectural Demolition and/or Alteration plans for actual location of walls, ceilings, etc.,being removed and/or remodeled. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 02 00-21 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HVAC CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 03 00 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mechanical demolition. B The Drawings do not show all demolition work required. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with the required scope of work to accomplish the work required by these documents. All demolition work implied or required shall be included in the scope of this contract. C Utility service outages required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the Owner The Contractor shall allow the Owner 2 weeks in order to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the Owner All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02 40 00-Demolition and Structure Moving. 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE,TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor; however, the following provisions must be observed. 1 During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until new buildings or renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems shall be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. 2. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors, and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 1.04 DEMOLITION AND WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of, and connections to the existing piping, duct, equipment and other apparatus related to this phase of the Work. However, this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents,prior to the submission of a proposal. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by the contractor,who shall produce drawings which shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 03 00 - 1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS B All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Remain" shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain, including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review C. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed" should be removed including, associated pipe and duct,pipe and duct hangers and/or line supports. Where duct or pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use, it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection, the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection, remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. D During construction and remodeling, portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, material, tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility; or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits, stairs or corridors required for proper access, circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment, materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades, other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. E. Certain work during the demolition and construction phases may require overtime or night time shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance in writing. F Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner, shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately G Equipment,piping or other potential hazards to the occupants of the building shall not be f left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. H. Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property Repair, patch or replace as required any damage which occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Coordinate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. Include in the contract pnce all rerouting of existing pipe, duct, etc., and the reconnecting of the existing equipment as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting,reconnecting or relocating is shown on the drawings. Furnish all temporary pipe, duct, controls, etc., as required to maintain heating, cooling, and ventilation services for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. J All existing pipe, duct, materials, equipment, controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 03 00-2 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS K. Pipe, duct, equipment and controls serving mechanical and other Owner's equipment, etc.,which is to remain but which is served by pipe, duct, equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. L. No portion of the fire protection systems shall be turned off, modified or changed in any way without the express knowledge and written permission of the Owner's representative in order to protect systems that shall remain in service. M. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. N Refer to Architectural Demolition and/or Alteration plans for actual location of walls, ceilings, etc.,being removed and/or remodeled. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Field verify measurements, and piping arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B Verify that abandoned piping and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing Record Documents. Report discrepancies to Architect and Engineer before disturbing existing installation. D Beginning of demolition means that the contractor accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect mechanical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company C. Provide temporary connections, if required, to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment, use personnel experienced in such operations. D Existing Service- Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 03 00-3 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS E. Existing Fire Alarm System. Maintain existing system in service until new system is accepted. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner and local fire service at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing mechanical work under provisions of Division 02 and this Section. B Remove,relocate,and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. C Remove abandoned piping to source of supply D Remove exposed abandoned piping systems, including abandoned systems above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut systems flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. F Maintain access to existing systems which remain active. Modify installation or provide access doors as appropriate. G Extend existing systems using materials and methods compatible with existing systems, or as specified. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of Division 02. 3.06 REMOVAL OF MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall modify, remove, and/or relocate all materials and items so indicated on the Drawings or required by the installation of new facilities. All removals and/or dismantling shall be conducted in a manner as to produce maximum salvage. Salvage materials shall remain the property of the Owner, and shall be delivered to such destination as directed by the Owner Materials and/or items scheduled for relocation and which are damaged during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be repaired and restored to good operating condition. The Contractor may, at his discretion and upon the approval of the Owner, substitute new materials and/or items of like design and quality in lieu of materials and/or items to be relocated. B All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly or placement and protected until relocated. The contractor shall clean and repair and provide all new materials, fittings, and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore to good operative order All relocations shall be performed by workmen skilled in the work and in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 03 00-4 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS C When items scheduled for relocation are found to be in damaged condition before work has been started on dismantling, the Contractor shall call the attention of the Owner to such items and receive further instructions before removal. Items damaged in repositioning operations are the Contractor's responsibility and shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as approved by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner D Service lines and wiring to items to be removed, salvaged, or relocated shall be removed to points indicated on the Drawings, specified, or acceptable to the Owner Service lines and wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed to the points at which reuse is to be continued or service is to remain. Such services shall be sealed, capped, or otherwise tied-off or disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Owner All disconnections or connections into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum interruption of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas or facilities which must remain in operation during the construction period shall not be interrupted without prior specific approval of the Owner as hereinbefore specified. E. Certain work during the demolition and construction phases may require overtime or nighttime shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner's Representative at least 72 hours in advance in writing. F Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property Repair, patch, or replace as required any damage which occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction. Cooperate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. G See Paragraph I on page 23 02 00 02 00— 18 H. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in-service maintenance of all electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. J Where partitions,walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are being removed, all contractors shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the Architect all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 03 00- 5 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B Section 23 02 00 -Basic Matenals and Methods for HVAC shall be included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Approved submittal date on equipment installed, to accomplish the test procedures, outlined under paragraph 3 01 of this Section,will be provided by the Contractor 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. The TAB of the air conditioning systems shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the Contractor whose operations are limited only to the field of professional TAB The TAB work will be done under the direct supervision of a qualified engineer employed by the TAB firm. B The TAB firm will be responsible for inspecting, adjusting, balancing, and logging the date on the performance of fans, dampers in the duct system, and air distribution devices. The Contractor and the various Subcontractors of the equipment installed shall cooperate with the TAB firm to furnish necessary data on the design and proper applications of the system components and provide labor and material required to eliminate deficiencies or malperformance. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL. Submit evidence to show that the personnel who shall be in charge of correcting deficiencies for balancing the systems are qualified. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require that the originally approved personnel be replaced with other qualified personnel if, in the Owner and Engineer's opinion, the original personnel are not qualified to properly place the system in condition for balancing. B QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM PERSONNEL. 1 A minimum of one registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State, is required to be in permanent employment of the firm. 2. Personnel used on the jobsite shall be either Professional Engineers or technicians,who shall have been permanent,full time employees of the firm for a minimum of six months prior to the start of Work for that specified project. 3 Evidence shall be submitted to show that the personnel who actually balance the systems are qualified. Evidence showing that the personnel have passed the tests required by the Associated Air Balance'Council(AABC) shall be required. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 05 93 - 1 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS C CALIBRATION LIST Submit to the Engineer for approval, a list of the gauges, thermometers,velometer, and other balancing devices to be used in balancing the system. Submit evidence to show that the balancing devices are properly calibrated before proceeding with system balancing. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. The Drawings and Specifications have indicated valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices for the purpose of adjustment to obtain optimum operating conditions. Install these devices in a manner that leaves them accessible, and provide access as requested by the TAB firm. B Have systems complete and in operational readiness prior to notifying the TAB firm that the project is ready for their services, and certify in writing to the Architect and Owner that such a condition exists. C. As a part of the Work of this Section, make changes in the sheaves,belts, and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance of the new work as required by the TAB firm, at no additional cost to the Owner D Fully examine the existing system to be balanced, to determine whether or not sufficient volume dampers, balancing valves, thermometers, gauges,pressure and temperature taps, means of reading static pressure and total pressure in duct systems,means of determining water flow, and other means of taking data needed for proper water and air balancing are existing. Submit to the Engineer in writing a listing of omitted items considered necessary to balance existing systems. Submit the list and proposal as a cost add item. E. Verify that fresh air louvers are free of blockage, coils are clean and fresh air ducts to each air handling unit have individually adjustable volume regulating dampers. F Provide, correct, repair, or replace deficient items or conditions found during the testing, adjusting, and balancing period. G In order that systems may be properly tested,balanced, and adjusted as specified, operate the systems at no expense to the Owner for the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion and readiness for TAB period. H. Project construction schedules shall provide time to permit the successful completion of TAB services prior to Substantial Completion. Complete, operational readiness, prior to commencement of TAB services, shall include the following services of the Contractor 1 Construction status of building shall permit the closing of doors, windows, ceilings installed and penetrations complete, to obtain project operating conditions. 2. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS a. Verify installation for conformity to design. Supply, return, and exhaust ducts terminated and pressure tested for leakage as specified. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 05 93 -2 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 —REPAIRS b Volume and fire dampers properly located and functional. Dampers serving requirements of minimum and maximum outside air, return and relief shall provide tight closure and full opening, smooth and free operation. c. Supply, return, exhaust and transfer grilles, registers and diffusers shall be installed. d. Air handling systems,units and associated apparatus, such as heating and cooling coils, filter sections, access doors, etc., shall be blanked and sealed to eliminate excessive bypass or leakage of air e. Fans (supply and exhaust) operating and verified for freedom from vibrations, proper fan rotation and belt tension, overload heater elements shall be of proper size and rating; record motor amperage and voltage and verify that these functions do not exceed nameplate ratings. f. Furnish or revise fan drives or motors as necessary to attain the specified air volumes. 3 WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEMS a. Position valves pertinent to system design and require operation to permit full flow of water through system components. Operate hydronic systems under full flow conditions until circulating water is clean. Remove and clean strainers as required during this cycle of operation. b. For retrofit projects, record each existing pump motor amperage and voltage. Readings shall not exceed nameplate rating. c. Verify, on new equipment, electrical starter overload heater elements to be of proper size and rating. d. Ensure that water circulating systems shall be full of water and free of air; expansion tanks set for proper water level, and air vents installed at high points of systems and operating freely Advise Engineer of deficiencies. e. Check and set operating temperatures of heat exchangers to design requirements. f. The various existing water circulating systems shall be cleaned, filled, purged of air,and put into operation before hydromc balancing. 4 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS a. Verify that control components are installed in accordance with project documents and functional, electrical interlocks, damper sequences, air and water resets,fire and freeze stats. b. Controlling instruments shall be functional and set for design operating conditions. Factory precalibration of room thermostats and pneumatic equipment will not be acceptable. c. The temperature regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between the controlling instruments and calibrated by the TAB Contractor Advise Engineer of deficiencies or malfunctions. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 05 93 -3 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS I. Contractor shall repair any insulation removed from piping system by TAB Contractor during water balancing. 3.02 SERVICES OF THE TAB FIRM A. The TAB firm will act as liaison between the Owner, Engineer, and the Contractor and inspect the installation of mechanical piping system, sheet metal work, temperature controls and other component parts of the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems being retrofitted, repaired, or added under this Contract. The remspection of the Work will cover that part related to proper arrangement and adequate provision for the testing and balancing and will be done when the Work is 80 percent complete. B Upon completion of the installation and start-up of the mechanical equipment, to check, adjust, and balance system components to obtain optimum conditions in each conditioned space in the building. Prepare and submit to the Engineer complete reports on the balance and operations of the systems. C. Measurements and recorded readings of air, water, and electricity that appear in the reports will be done by the permanently employed technicians or engineers of the TAB firm. D Make an inspection in the building during the opposite season from that in which the initial adjustments were made. At the time, make necessary modifications to the initial adjustments required to produce optimum operation of system components to affect the proper conditions as indicated on the Drawings.At time of opposite season check-out,the Owner's representative will be notified before readings or adjustments are made. E. In fan systems, the air quantities indicated on the Drawings may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of two degrees within each separately controlled space, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drive and motors if necessary,without cost to the Owner,to attain the specified air volumes. F Contractor shall utilize ultrasonic flow meter to balance water flow of existing water system if the original pressure drop data is not available. Contractor shall remove insulation as necessary to use flow meter G Participate in the commissioning process, which shall include but not be limited to attending commissioning meetings, coordinating work with and completing checklists as required by the commissioning team. 3.03 PROFESSIONAL REPORT A. Before the final acceptance of the report is made,the TAB firm will furnish the Engineer the following data to be approved by the Owner and Engineer 1 Summary of main supply, return and exhaust duct pitot tube traverses and fan settings indicating minimum value required to achieve specified air volumes. 2. A listing of the measured air quantities at each outlet corresponding to the temperature tabulation as developed by the Engineer and TAB firm. 3 Air quantities at each return and exhaust air handling device. DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 05 93 -4 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 4 Static pressure readings entering and leaving each supply fan, exhaust fan, filter, coil, balancing dampers and other components of the systems. Including the retrofit Work. These readings will be related to performance curves in terms of the CFM handled if available. 5 Motor current readings at each equipment motor on load side of capacitors. The voltages at the time of the reading shall be listed. 6. The final report shall certify test methods and instrumentation used, final velocity reading obtained, temperatures, pressure drops, RPM of equipment, amperage of motors, air balancing problems encountered, recommendations and uncompleted punch list items. The test results will be recorded on standard forms. 7 A summary of actual operating conditions shall be included with each system outlining normal and ventilation cycles of operation. the final report will act as a reference of actual operating conditions for the Owner's operating personnel. 3.04 BALANCING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A. GENERAL. 1 Place all equipment into full operation, and continue operating during each working day of balancing and testing. If the air conditioning system is balanced during Off-Peak cooling season Contractor shall return to rebalance air side system as required to put system in proper balance at that season. 2. The Contractor shall submit detailed balancing and recording forms for approval. After approval by the Engineer, prepare complete set of forms for recording test data on each system. All Work shall be done under the supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated to within 1% of scale and maintained in good working order 3 Upon completion of the balancing and testing, the TAB Contractor shall compile the test data in report forms, and forward five copies to the Engineer for evaluation. 4 The final report shall contain logged results of all tests, including such data as. a. Tabulation of air volume at each outlet. b Outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature. c. Inside dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures in each conditioned space room or area. d. Actual fan capacities and static pressures. Motor current and voltage readings at each fan. B AIR SYSTEMS Perform the following operations as applicable to balance and test systems. 1 Check fan rotation. 2. Check filters (balancing shall be done with clean filters). 3 Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements. 4 Test and record motor full load amperes. 5 Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. 6. Test and adjust system for design cfm,return air and outside air(±2%). Change- out fan sheaves as required to balance system. 7 Test and record entering air temperatures,db and wb 8 Test and record leaving air temperatures, db and wb. 9 Adjust all zones to design cfm(±2%). 10 Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 5% of design. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 05 93 - 5 BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C AIR DUCT LEAKAGE (From SMACNA Duct Standards latest edition) Test all ductwork(designed to handle over 1000 CFM)as follows. 1 Test apparatus a. The test apparatus shall consist of: b A source of high pressure air - a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner c. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an onfice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. 2. Test Procedures a. Test for audible leaks as follows. 1) Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. 2) Start the blower with its control damper closed. 3) Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. 4) Survey all joints for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. b. After all audible leaks have been sealed,the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows. 1) Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. 2) Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage, the pressure differential will be zero 3) Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. 4) Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which must be corrected. D DX SYSTEMS 1 Test and record suction and discharge pressures at each compressor and record ambient air temperature entering the condensing coils. 2. Test and record unit full load amps and voltage. 3 Test and record staging and unloading of unit required by sequence of operation or drawing schedule. E. Automatic temperature controls shall be calibrated, and all thermostats and dampers adjusted so that the control system is in proper operating condition, subject to the approval of the Engineer/Owner DBR Project No 210321 000 23 05 93 - 6 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS F The TAB Contractor shall report to Engineer all air distribution ,devices or other equipment that operate noisily so that corrective measures may be implemented by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect/Engmeer END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 05 93 -7 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B Section 23 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods for HVAC shall be included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork system insulation. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Piping and Equipment-HVAC B Section 23 05 53 -Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment C. Section 23 31 13 -Metal Ductwork 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE Std 90 1 I-P - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. B ASTM El 36 - Standard Test Method for Assessing Combustibility of Materials Using a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C. C ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D ICC(IECC)-International Energy Conservation Code. E. NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. F NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems. G SCAQMD 1168 -Adhesive and Sealant Applications. H. SMACNA(DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. I. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 07 13 - 1 DUCT INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications. Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project. B All insulation shall be listed and labeled to have a composite(insulation,jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to insulation) flame spread index of not more than 25 and smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and UL 723 1 Exception. Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150 C. Duct and plenum insulation shall comply with minimum R-value requirements of ICC (IECC)and ASHRAE Std 90 1 I-P unless greater values are indicated otherwise in the contract documents. D Adhesive and other material shall comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B Additionally, all adhesives and sealants used on the interior of the building (i.e., inside of the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall be comprised of low-emitting materials that comply with VOC limits prescribed by SCAQMD 1168. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective, or nonconforming materials and workmanship B Defects shall include,but not be limited to,the following: 1 Mildewing. 2. Peeling, cracking, and blistering. 3 Condensation on exterior surfaces. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B PRODUCT DATA. Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance,fabrication procedures,product variations, and accessories. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in unopened containers with manufacturer's stamp, clearly labeled with flame and smoke rating, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B Protect insulation against dirt, water and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation,remove such from project site. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 07 13 -2 DUCT INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service,and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved before any insulation is installed. B A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type of application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the Work. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glass mineral wool materials shall be as manufactured by Knauf Insulation, Certain- Teed, Johns-Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer All glass mineral wool insulation shall be UL GREENGUARD Gold certified. B Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining, Arabol, Benjamin-Foster, Armstrong or Insulmastic, Inc., and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer C Ceramic fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Primer Refractories, A.P Green Refractories or approved equal. PART<3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. B All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. C. Duct insulation shall be installed per SMACNA(DCS). 3.02 EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION A. Fasten all longitudinal and circumferential laps with outward clinching staples 3" on center On rectangular ducts over 24"wide apply as above and hold insulation in place on bottom side with mechanical pins and clips on 12" centers. B Seal all joints, fastener penetrations and other breaks in vapor barrier with 3-inch wide strips of white glass fabric embedded between two coats of vapor barrier mastic. Vapor barrier mastic shall be Childers CP-33 or approved equal for ductwork located indoors and shall be Childers CP-35 or approved equal for ductwork located outdoors. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 07 13 - 3 DUCT INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C. All external duct insulation shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Wrap with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Microlite EQ duct wrap insulation with reinforced aluminum facing or approved equal. D External duct wrap is required on all outside air ducts, supply and return air ducts that are not internally insulated. External duct wrap is also required on all exhaust and relief air ducts that are used in airside energy recovery systems. Any exhaust ductwork located in an unconditioned space that conveys air from conditioned spaces or vice versa shall also be provided with external duct wrap. Duct wrap shall be provided as follows. 1 3" thick, 0 75 PCF density minimum, minimum installed R-value of 8 0 for all ducts insulated with external duct wrap. E. Any ductwork located in an air plenum that is comprised of materials that do not comply with the 25/50 flame and smoke rating per ASTM E84 testing requirements shall be provided with a single layer of duct wrap to establish a noncombustible rating per ASTM E136. Duct wrap products which are approved for such non-compliant combustible duct materials located in air plenums shall be 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A+ or Unifrax FyreWrap 0.5 Plenum. Insulation products for this application shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 AIR DEVICE AND MISCELLANEOUS DUCT INSULATION A. The backside of all supply air devices shall be insulated with taped and sealed external duct wrap matching the thickness,density,and R-value of the associated duct system. B The contractor shall install an additional layer of 1-'/2 inch thick external glass mineral wool duct wrap on any portion of the supply air, return air, outside air, or exhaust air system that has condensation forming during any period of operation. The insulation shall be taped and vapor-sealed and located until all evidence of the condensation has been eliminated,at no additional cost to the Owner END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 07 13 -4 DUCT INSULATION CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ductwork. B Duct leakage testing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 9-Finishes. Weld priming,weather resistant,paint or coating. B Section 23 02 00-Basic Materials and Methods for HVAC C Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Piping and Equipment-HVAC D Section 23 05 93 -Testing,Adjusting,And Balancing E. Section 23 07 13 -Duct Insulation F Section 23 33 00-Ductwork Accessories G Section 23 37 13 -Air Distribution Devices 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A480/A480M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet,and Strip B ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. C. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. D SMACNA(DCS) -HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. E. UL 181 - Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. F SMACNA(LEAK)-HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. G ASHRAE(FUND)ASHRAE Handbook-Fundamentals, Chapter 21 -Duct Design. H. ASHRAE (HVACS)ASHRAE Handbook- HVAC Systems and Equipment; Chapter 19 -Duct Construction. I. ASHRAE Std 90 1 I-P- Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 31 13 - 1 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO.2 &3—REPAIRS J NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. K. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems. L. ICC(IECC) -International Energy Conservation Code. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of types, materials and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B Installer's Qualifications. Firms with least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. 1.05 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, duct fabrication standards and product data under provisions of Division One. B. Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gauges, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work. C. The contract documents are schematic in nature and are to be used only for design intent. The contractor shall prepare sheet metal shop drawings, fully detailed and drawn to scale, indicating all structural conditions, all plumbing pipe and light fixture coordination, and all offsets and transitions as required to permit the duct to fit in the space allocated and built. All duct revisions required as a result of the contractor not preparing fully detailed shop drawings will be performed at no additional cost. 1.07 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes. Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain indicated clear size inside lining. Where offsets or transitions are required, the duct shall be the equivalent size based on constant friction rate. B Low Pressure Low pressure ductwork shall be rated for an operating pressure of 2" Low pressure ductwork shall be defined as all return, exhaust, and outside air ducts, all supply ductwork associated with constant volume air handling units with a scheduled external static pressure of less than 2", and all supply ductwork downstream of terminal units in variable volume systems. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 3113 -2 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3—REPAIRS C. Medium Pressure Medium pressure ductwork shall be rated for an operating pressure of 4" Medium pressure ductwork shall be defined as all supply ductwork extending from variable volume air handling units to terminal units in variable volume systems with air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure of less than 4" The supply ductwork of constant volume air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure greater than 2"and less than 4" shall be rated for medium pressure. D High Pressure- High pressure ductwork shall be rated for an operating pressure of 6", or the scheduled external pressure of the equipment it is connected to, whichever is greater The supply ductwork of air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure greater than 4"shall be high pressure. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protection. Protect shop-fabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings, use sheet metal end caps on any lined duct exposed to the weather B Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Exposed Ductwork Materials. Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B Sheet Metal. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A653/A653M. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A480/A480M, Type 316, with No 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No 1 finish elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective paper,maintained through fabrication and installation. D Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B209,Alloy 3003,Temper H14. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General.Non-combustible and conforming to UL 181, Class 1 air duct materials. B Flexible Ducts. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. Type 5M, Thermaflex MKE, ATCO #031 or approved equal. 1 Flexible ducts shall be corrosive resistant galvanized steel formed and mechanically locked to inner fabric with minimum 1-1/2" thick, R-8 insulation. Flexible duct shall be rated up to at least 10 m.w g. positive pressure and shall have reinforced metalized outer jacket to comply with UL 181, Class 1 air duct. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 31 13 - 3 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C Sealants. Hard-Cast "iron grip" or approved equal, non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive and shall not be a solvent curing product. Sealants shall be compatible with mating materials, liquid used alone or with tape or heavy mastic. D Ductwork Support Materials. Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors,rods, straps,trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1 For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support materials. 2. For aluminum ductwork,provide aluminum support materials. 2.03 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabncate and support in accordance with latest SMACNA (DCS) Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gauges, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by approved shop drawings. Obtain engineer's approval prior to using round duct in lieu of rectangular duct. C. Construct T's,bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil- turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. D Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees, convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Use crimp joints with bead for joining round duct sizes 6 inch smaller with crimp in direction of airflow F Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain manufacturer's inspection and acceptance of fabrication and installation of ductwork at beginning of installation. B Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork,install insulation material inside a metal ring. C Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D Connect terminal units to medium or high pressure ducts with four feet maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 31 13 -4 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3 —REPAIRS E. Connect diffusers or troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 6 feet maximum, 4 feet minimum, length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. F During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system! G The interior surface of all ductwork shall be smooth. No sheet metal parts, tabs, angles, or anything else may project into the ducts for any reason, except as specified to be so All seams and joints shall be external. H. All ductwork located exposed on roof shall be "crowned" to prevent water from ponding. Ref: Insulation for additional requirements. I. Where ducts pass through floors,provide structural angles for duct support. Where ducts pass through walls in exposed areas,install suitable sheet metal escutcheons as closers. J All angles shall be carried around all four sides of the duct or group of ducts. Angles shall overlap corners and be welded or riveted. K. All ductwork shall be fabricated in a manner to prevent the seams or joints being cut for the installation of grilles,registers, or ceiling outlets. L. All duct hangers shall be attached to building structure. Cutting slots in roof or floor decking for hanger straps to be cast in concrete is not acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Maximum Length. For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 6'-0" extended length. B Installation. Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA(DCS). 3.03 REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCTS BURIED UNDERGROUND A. Slope underground ducts to plenums or low pump-out points at 1.500 Provide access doors for inspection. B Coat buried, metal ductwork without factory jacket with one coat and seams and joints with additional coat of asphalt base protective coating. C Insulate buried supply duct runs over 50 feet long with one inch thick insulation covered with plastic vapor barrier D Encase buried metal ductwork in 3 inch minimum of concrete. Provide adequate tie- down points to prevent ducts from floating during concrete placement. Introduce no heat into ducts for 20 days following placement of concrete. 3.04 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Ductwork materials shall be provided to comply with the following: AIR SYSTEM —__ — — MATERIAL Low Pressure Supply ,Galvanized Steel,Aluminum J DBR Project No. 210321 000 23 31 13 - 5 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS Buried Supply or Return — Concrete, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Medium and High Pressure Supply Galvanized Steel Ieturn and Relief _ —Galvanized Steel,Aluminum General Exhaust GGalvanized Steel,Aluminum Kitchen Hood Exhaust ICarbon Steel, Stainless Steel —_ Dishwasher/Shower/Locker Room/Dryer Stainless Steel jVent/Paint Hood Exhaust Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, Glass Fiber Fume Hood Exhaust I emforced Plastic if not in air plenum (Welding Exhaust —_ Carbon Steel —V—_ ,Outside Air Intake 'Galvanized Steel [Combustion Air Galvanized Steel—^�—� (Emergency Generator Ventilation /Carbon Steel 3.05 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All ductwork shall be properly suspended or supported from the building structure. Hangers shall be galvanized steel straps or hot-dipped galvanized rod with threads pointed after installation. Strap hanger shall be attached to the bottom of the ductwork, provide a minimum of two screws one at the bottom and one in the side of each strap on metal ductwork. The spacing, size and installation of hangers shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the latest SMACNA edition. B All duct risers shall be supported by angles or channels secured to the sides of the ducts at each floor with sheet metal screws or rivets. The floor supports may also be secured to ducts by rods, angles or flat bar to the duct joint or reinforcing. Structural steel supports for duct risers shall be provided under this Division. 3.06 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE. (FROM SMACNA DUCT STANDARDS LATEST EDITION) TEST ALL DUCTWORK(DESIGNED TO HANDLE OVER 1,000 CFM)AS FOLLOWS A. Test apparatus 1 A source of high pressure air-a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B Test Procedures 1 Test for audible leaks as follows. 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. c. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 31 13 - 6 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 3 After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows. a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage,the pressure differential will be zero. c. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4 Testing Report a. Contractor shall provide a testing report for each air system to the engineer The report shall indicate the completion of testing and compliance with testing specification. b All duct testing reports shall be included in the final close out documents. 3.07 DUCT JOINTS AND SEAMS A. All ductwork shall be constructed to Seal Class A,as referenced in SMACNA(DCS). B All non-welded joints and seams shall be sealed. This includes but is not limited to 1 Transverse joints. 2. Longitudinal seams. 3 Duct wall penetrations. 4 Spin-ins,taps, and other branch connections. 5 Access doors,access panels, and duct connections to equipment. C Openings for rotating shafts shall be sealed with bushings. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 31 13 -7 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 33 00 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Volume control dampers. B Shutoff Dampers. C Round Duct Taps. D Conical Duct Taps. E. Fire dampers. F Combination fire and smoke dampers. G Back draft dampers. H. Air turning devices. I. Flexible duct connections. J Duct access doors. K. Duct test holes. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 02 00-Basic Materials and Methods for HVAC B Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment C. Section 23 31 13 -Metal Ductwork 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA 500-D-Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. B ASHRAE Std 90 1 I-P - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. C ICC (IECC)-International Energy Conservation Code. D NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. E. SMACNA(DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. F UL 33 - Safety Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00- 1 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS G UL 555 - Standard for Fire Dampers. H. UL 555S - Standard for Smoke Dampers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. B Provide shop drawings for shop fabricated assemblies indicated, including volume control dampers duct access doors duct test holes. Provide product data for hardware used. C Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1, for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS), and as indicated. B Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over 24 inches. C Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/2 inch diameter rod in self aligning,universal joint, action flanged bushing,with set screw D Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 24 inch. E. Fabncate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch. 1 Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 2. On outside air, return air, and all other dampers required to be low leakage type, provide galvanized blades and frames, seven inches wide maximum, with replaceable vinyl, EPDM, silicone rubber seals on blade edges and stainless steel side seals. Provide blades in a double sheet corrugated type construction for extra strength. Provide hat channel shape frames for strength and blade linkage enclosure to keep linkage out of the air stream. Construction leakage not to exceed 1/2%,based on 2,000 fpm and 4 inch static pressure. F Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers,provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. H. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00-2 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 2.02 SHUTOFF DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS),and as indicated. B Provide Class I multi-blade damper of parallel blade pattern for all ductwork systems which penetrate the building thermal envelope in accordance with ICC (IECC)and ASHRAE Std 90 1 I-P 1 Damper shall be constructed of one-piece 16 ga.roll-formed galvanized steel hat- shaped channel frame. Blades shall be 14 ga. roll-formed galvanized steel, airfoil type. Blade edge seals shall be neoprene gaskets mechanically locked to blade edge. Bearings shall be 304 stainless steel, oil-impregnated and self-lubricating sleeve type,turning in extruded holes in damper frame. C Shutoff dampers shall have an air leakage rate not greater than 4 cfiii/ft2 of damper surface area at 1 0 in.w g. and shall be labeled by an approved agency when tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D for such purpose. 2.03 ROUND DUCT TAPS A. Taps to trunk duct for round flexible duct shall be spin-in fitting with locking quadrant butterfly damper,model no FLD-B03 by Flexmaster or approved equal. 2.04 CONICAL DUCT TAPS A. Taps to trunk duct for primary air inlet to all VAV terminal units shall be conical fitting, model no CB by Flexmaster or approved equal. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIRE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Greenheck. B Louvers and Dampers Inc. C Ruskin. D Nailor Industries. E. Pottorff. 2.06 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. B Provide curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream. C Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers per UL with 16 gauge minimum galvanized steel frame and blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00-3 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS D Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 165 degrees F Provide adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. 2.07 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A,UL 555,UL 555S and as indicated. B Provide factory sleeve for each damper Install damper operator on exterior of sleeve and link to damper operating shaft. C Fabricate with multiple blades with 16 gauge galvanized steel frame and blades, oil- impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, stainless steel jamb seals, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock, and 1/2 inch actuator shaft. 1 Operators shall be spring return electric type suitable to operate on 120 VAC, 60 cycle. 2. Operators shall be UL listed and labeled. 2.08 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555,UL 555S and as indicated. B Motorized Smoke Dampers. multi-blade type, normally open with power on, close automatically when power is interrupted, UL-listed and labeled damper and damper operator 2.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Greenheck. B American Warming and Vent. C Louvers and Dampers Inc. D Ruskin. E. Pottorff. F Substitutions Under provisions of Division One. 2.10 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Gravity back draft dampers, size 18 x 18 inches or smaller, furnished with air moving equipment,may be air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction. B Fabricate multi-blade, parallel action gravity balanced back draft dampers of 16 gauge galvanized steel, or extruded aluminum, with blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in rattle-free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin, adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00 -4 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C. Gravity backdraft dampers shall have an air leakage not greater than 20 cfm/ft2 where not less than 24 inches in either dimension and 40 cfm/ft2 where less than 24 inches in either dimension. The rate of air leakage shall be determined at 1 0 m.w g. when tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D for such purpose. 2.11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-AIR TURNING DEVICES A. Young Regulator B Titus. C Tuttle and Bailey D Substitutions Under provisions of Division One. 2.12 AIR TURNING DEVICES A. On duct sizes less than 12 x 12, multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension, steel or aluminum construction,with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. B Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum construction, with worm drive mechanism with 18 inch long removable key operator 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Metaledge. B. Ventglass. C Substitutions. Under provisions of Division One. 2.14 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS)and as indicated. B UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz. per sq yd., approximately 6 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip. 2.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Greenheck. B American Warming and Vent. C Ruskin. D Titus. E. Substitutions. Under provisions of Division One. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00- 5 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 2.16 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS) and as indicated. B Review locations prior to fabrication. C Fabricate rigid and close-fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover Insulation shall be replaceable without field cutting or patching. D Access doors smaller than 12 inches square may be secured with sash locks. E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches square, three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24 x 48 inches. Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes. F Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.17 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs,threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps. B Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Balancing Dampers 1 Provide at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. 2. All regulators mounted on externally insulated ductwork shall have 16 gauge elevated platforms at least 1/8 inch higher than the thickness of the insulation. Damper shaft shall have Ventlock No 607 bearing mounted on ductwork within elevated platform. If duct is inaccessible the operating handle shall be extended and the regulator installed on the face of the wall or ceiling. Where regulators are exposed in finished parts of the building, they shall be flush type, Ventlock No. 666 All regulators shall be manufactured by Ventlock,or approved equal. 3 All dampers in lined ductwork shall have bushing to prevent damper damage to liner C. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs,bearings,bushings and hinges. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00-6 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO.2 &3—REPAIRS D Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to authorities having jurisdiction and Owner's representative. E. Provide gravity backdraft dampers or motorized shutoff dampers in accessible location nearest to exterior wall/roof penetrations and where indicated for all outdoor air intake and exhaust systems to automatically shut when the associated systems or spaces served are not in use. F Provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. Provide at least one inch slack at all flexible duct connections. G Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. H. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 33 00-7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 23 3713 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ceiling air diffusers. B Wall registers and grilles. C. Other air devices indicated on drawings and schedules. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 91 00-Louvers B Section 23 02 00-Basic Materials and Methods for HVAC C Section 23 05 93 -Testing,Adjusting,And Balancing D Section 23 07 13 -Duct Insulation E. Section 23 31 13 -Metal Ductwork F Section 23 33 00-Ductwork Accessories 1.03 REFERENCES A. AHRI 880(I-P)-Performance Rating of Air Terminals. B AMCA 500-L-Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating. C. AMCA 540-Test Method for Louvers Impacted by Wind Borne Debris. D AMCA 550-Test Method for High Velocity Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers. E. ASHRAE Std 70-Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. F ASTM B 117- Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus. G ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. H. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Profiles, and Tubes. I. ASTM D2794 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation(Impact). DBR Project No 210321 000 23 37 13 - 1 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS J ASTM D870 - Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings Using Water Immersion. K. ICC(IBC)-International Building Code. L. NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air distribution devices of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B Codes and Standards. 1 AHRI Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with AHRI 880(I-P). 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70 3 AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA 500-L. 4 AMCA 540 - Test Methods for Louvers Impacted by Wind Borne Debris with Enhanced Protection Approval. 5 AMCA 550 - Test Method for High Velocity Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers. 6. AMCA Seal. Provide louvers bearing AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 7 NFPA Compliance: Install air distribution devices in accordance with NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 8. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 9 ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Profiles,and Tubes. 10 IBC-International Building Code. 11 IMC-International Mechanical Code. 12. UMC-Uniform Mechanical Code. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Hurricane-prone regions. 1 The U S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts where the ultimate design wind speed for Risk Category II Buildings is greater than 115 mph, 2. Hawaii,Puerto Rico, Guam,Virgin Islands and American Samoa. B Wind-borne debris region. Areas within hurricane-prone regions located. 1 Within 1 mile of the coastal mean high water line where the ultimate design wind speed is 130 mph or greater; or 2. In areas where the ultimate design wind speed is 140 mph or greater For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk Category III building and structures, except health care facilities, the wind-borne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609.3(1). For Risk Category IV buildings and structures and Risk Category III health care facilities, the wind-borne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609.3(2) DBR Project No 210321 000 23 37 13 -2 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C Ultimate design wind speed-The ultimate design wind speed for the determination of the wind loads shall be determined by Figures 1609.3(1), 1609.3(2) and 1609.3(3) of ICC (IBC). 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. Submit manufacturer's technical product data for the following: 1 Air Distribution Devices a. Schedule of air distribution devices indicating drawing designation,room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. b. Data sheet for each type of air distribution devices, and accessory furnished, indicating construction,finish, and mounting details. c. Performance data for each type of air distribution devices furnished, including aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. B Shop Drawings. Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawing for each type of air distribution device and louver, indicating materials, construction, dimensions, accessories,and installation details. C. Maintenance Data. Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals, in accordance with requirements of Division 1 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver air distribution devices wrapped in factory-fabricated fiber-board type containers. Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices. B Store air distribution devices and louvers in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Where possible, store indoors, when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. C Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Warrant the installation of the work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from defective or nonconforming workmanship. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -AIR DEVICES A. Titus Company DBR Project No 210321 000 23 37 13 -3 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS B Metalaire Industries,Inc. C. Nailor Industries D Krueger E. Price 2.02 AIR DEVICES A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard air devices when shown of size, shape, capacity, type and accessories indicated on drawings and schedules, constructed of materials and components as indicated and as required for complete installation and proper air distribution. B Provide air devices that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, the finish shall be#26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50 inch-pound force applied. D Provide air device with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling or wall system, and that are specially manufactured to fit into the wall construction or ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural construction drawings and specifications for types of wall construction and ceiling systems. E. Provide integral volume damper with roll formed steel blades where indicated on drawings or schedules. Dampers shall be opposed blade design with a screwdriver slot or a concealed lever operator for adjustment through the face of the air device. F Air devices designated for fire rated systems shall be pre-assembled with UL classified radiation damper and thermal blanket. Fire rated air devices shall be shipped completely assembled, one assembly per carton, each assembly shall be enclosed in plastic shrink wrap with installation instructions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All interior surfaces of all air devices shall be painted flat black. B See floor plans for type,neck size and CFM of air for all air distribution devices. C. Install all air distribution devices as detailed on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. DBR Project No 210321 000 23 37 13 -4 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3—REPAIRS D The backside of all air devices shall be insulated with taped and sealed external duct wrap to match the insulation thickness and R-value of the ductwork connecting to the air device. Refer to 23 07 13 -Duct Insulation. E. Inspect areas to receive louvers. Notify the Architect of conditions that would adversely affect the installation or subsequent utilization of the louvers. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. F If opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. G Install louvers at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Install louvers plumb, level, in plane of wall, and in alignment with adjacent work. I. Touch-up,repair or replace any damaged products prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 23 37 13 - 5 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3 —REPAIRS SECTION 26 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation, including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include,but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C The approximate locations of Electrical items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner D Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 1 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS E. All discrepancies within the Contract Documents discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding, where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid, the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and matenals required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved, however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope" H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. I. Contractor shall participate in the commissioning process, including but not limited to meeting attendance, completion of checklists and participation in functional testing. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions B Supplementary Conditions C Division One 1.04 COOPERATION WITH TRADES. A. Cooperation with trades of adjacent, related, or affected materials or operations shall be considered a part of this work in order to affect timely and accurate placing of work and bring together in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. 1.05 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code(NEC) B American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc. (UL) D Insulated Cable Engineer's Association(ICEA). E. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA). F Institute of Electrical and Electronic's Engineers (IEEE). BASIC MATERIALS AND DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00-2 METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS G American National Standards Institute(ANSI). H. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). I. International Energy Conservation Code(IECC). 1.06 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK. A. All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the electrical systems shown on the Drawings and Specifications shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to establish the types of the systems,but not set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. In case of doubt as to the work intended, or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof, the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for supplementary instructions,Drawings,etc. B Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings and adjust his work to all conditions shown there on. Discrepancies between Plans, Specifications, and actual field conditions shall be brought to the prompt attention of the Architect. 1 Approximate location of transformers, feeders, branch circuits, outlets, lighting and power panels, outlets for special systems, etc.,are indicated on the Drawings. However, the Drawings, do not give complete and accurate detailed locations of such outlets, conduit runs, etc., and exact locations must be determined by actual field measurement. Such locations will, at all times,be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2. Communicate with the Architect and secure his approval of any outlet (light fixture, receptacle, switch, etc.) location about which there may be the least question. Outlets obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or without specific approval, shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect. Location of light fixtures shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans. C Additional coordination with mechanical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of mechanical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. 1.07 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. 1.08 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS A. An approved contractor for the work under this division shall be: 1 A specialist in this field and have the personnel, expenence, training, and skill, and the organization to provide a practical working system. 2. Able to furnish evidence of having contracted for and installed not less than 3 systems of comparable size and type that have served their Owners satisfactorily for not less than 3 years. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 3 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 3 Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality Persons performing electrical work shall be required to be licensed. Onsite supervision, journeyman shall have minimum of journeyman license. Helpers, apprentices shall have minimum of apprentice license. 1.09 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. B The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor 1.10 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation. A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 1 B Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C Indicated. The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of "Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D Directed. Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed. Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F Furnish. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term"Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G Install. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading,unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. _ DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00-4 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. Installer• Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub- contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity- In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information(RFI)for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols. The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment,pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00 - 5 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS C. Damaged equipment shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements,unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded. The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all shop drawings for their files. All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF 8 0 format and bookmarked for individual specification sections. Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted. Each submittal shall include the following items. 1 A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3 A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS" Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor 4 Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5 Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1'-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6 Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7 Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8 Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9 Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" B Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00-6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated. 1 REVIEWED• Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED. Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted,and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3 NOT APPROVED. Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4 REVISE AND RESUBMIT Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED• Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED• Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product,material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00-7 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS F Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer G Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review H. Furnish detailed shop drawings, descriptive literature, table of contents listing all items being submitted at the beginning of each submittal package,'physical data and a specification critique for each section indicating "compliance" and/or "variations" for the following items. 1 Conduit and Fittings 2. Wire Refer to each specification section for additional requirements. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items. 1 Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions, regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions, and summer and winter operating instructions. 3 Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4 Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including(but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1 Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 8 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3 Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4 Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling-mounted items. B This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Prepare Record Documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 00 and Division 01, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26 B The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of clearly and legibly marked Record Drawings on the job site to record all changes and modifications, including, but not limited to the following: work details, alterations to meet site conditions, and changes made by "Change Order" notices. Mark the drawings with colored pencil(s). These shall be available for review by the Owner, Architect or Engineer during the entire construction stage. C The Record Drawings shall be updated concurrently as construction progresses, and in no case less frequently than a daily basis. They shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work,precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00-9 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS D Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. E. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of Record Drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Delivery of Record Documents is a condition of final acceptance. Record Drawings shall be furnished in addition to Shop Drawings. F The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the record documents in PDF format and one (1) full size set of Record Drawing prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The drawings shall have the name(s) and seal(s) of the Engineer(s) removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows. CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE. (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY (SIGNATURE) 1.16 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 26 DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 1.17 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements,unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type" binders by National model no 79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow 1/4" of spare capacity Three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Electrical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 26 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 26, include the following information for equipment items. 1 Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Fault Current calculations and Coordination Study 3 Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter 4 Fabrication drawings. 5 Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6 Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions, regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions, and summer and winter operating instructions. 7 Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions, servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8. Equipment name plate data. 9 Wiring diagrams. 10 Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11 Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner 13 Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 11 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 1.18 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of onsite training in three 4 hour shifts. B Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Division 26 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.19 SITE VISITATION A. Visit the site of the proposed construction in order to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restriction attending the execution of the work. B Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. C Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied, verify locations of utility services,and determine requirements for connections. D Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.20 WARRANTY A. The undertaking of the work described in this Division shall be considered equivalent to the issuance, as part of this work, of a specific guarantee extending one year beyond the date of completion of work and acceptance by Owner, against defects in materials and workmanship Materials, appliances and labor necessary to effect repairs and replacement so as to maintain said work in good functioning order shall be provided as required. Replacements necessitated by normal wear in use or by Owner's abuse are not included under this guarantee. B All normal and extended warranties shall include parts, labor, miscellaneous materials, travel time, incidental expenses, freight/shipping,refrigerant, oils, lubricants,belts, filters and any expenses related to service call required to diagnose warranty problems. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 12 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 1.21 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages, losses and expense,including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof B Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner C When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long-term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. 1 It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner 2. If the client, .Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then AutoCAD/ Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices, flash drives or CD's. These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols. AutoCAD/ Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3 At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/ Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols. The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed. The electronic media will be prepared in a ".rvt" or ".dwg" format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00 - 13 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The names and manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality Where more than one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment, only one of the specified manufacturers will be considered for approval. Where only one manufacturer is mentioned with the phrase "or approved equal", Contractor may submit an alternate manufacturer for consideration,provided the following conditions are met: 1 Submit alternate equipment with complete descriptive data in shop drawing form. Provide sample of equipment upon request for review by Architect. Samples will be returned if requested in writing. 2. Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials, construction and performance. 3 Alternate submittal must be presented to the Engineer/Architect ten (10) days pnor to bid date for approval. B The Architect and Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. 2.02 PRODUCT LISTING A. Products used on this project shall be listed by Underwriters'Laboratories. 2.03 ACCESS DOORS A. Wherever access is required in walls or ceilings to concealed junction boxes, pull boxes, equipment, etc., installed under this Division, furnish a hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle to another Division for installation. Doors shall be as follows. 1 Plaster Surfaces. Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surfaces. Milcor Style M. 3 Drywall Surfaces. Milcor Style DW 4 Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.04 EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide 4-inch-high concrete pads for indoor floor mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum of 6 inch beyond the equipment. Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish, equivalent to the floor External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4"radius,unless shown otherwise. B Provide 6-inch-high concrete pads for all exterior mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum of 6 inch beyond the equipment. Provide a 4-foot monolithic extension to the pad in front of the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area (i.e. landscape, gravel, clay, etc.) Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4" radius,unless shown otherwise. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 14 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS C. Provide a minimum 6-inch-high, steel reinforced concrete pad for generators. Pads shall be sized 6" larger that the outside perimeter dimensions. Provide a 4-foot monolithic extension to the pad around the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area (i.e. landscape, gravel, clay, etc.). Refer to structural details. Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bullnosed to a 3/4" radius, unless shown otherwise. The generator shall be bolted to the concrete pad per the manufacturers details. D Provide steel reinforced concrete pad for utility transformers. Pads shall comply with Utility Company Standards. 2.05 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide heavy chrome or nickel plated plates, of approved pattern, on conduit passing through walls, floors and ceilings in finished areas. Where conduit passes through a sleeve, no point of the conduit shall touch the building construction. Caulk around such conduit with sufficient layers of two hour rated firesafing by Thermafiber 4 0 P C.F density, U S G fire test 4/11/78 and seal off openings between conduit and sleeves with non-hardening mastic prior to application of escutcheon plate. Escutcheons shall be Gravler Sure-Lock, or approved equal. 2.06 SPACE LIMITATIONS A. Equipment shall be chosen which shall properly fit into the physical space provided and shown on the drawings, allowing ample room for access, servicing, removal and replacement of parts, etc. Adequate space shall be allowed for clearances in accordance with Code requirements. Physical dimensions and arrangement of equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.07 PAINTING A. All factory assembled equipment for electrical work, except light fixtures, that normally is delivered with a factory applied finish shall be delivered with a hard surface factory applied finish such as baked-on machinery enamel which will not require additional field painting. The finish shall consist of not less than 2 coats of medium gray color paint USA No 61 Munsell Notation 8-3G, 6. 10/0.54 enamel. This Contractor shall protect this finish from damage due to construction operations until acceptance of the building. He shall be responsible for satisfactorily restoring any such finishes or replacing equipment that becomes stained or damaged. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS 2.08 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Conduit Systems. Provide adequate marking of major conduit which is exposed or concealed in accessible spaces to distinguish each run as either a power or signal/communication conduit. Except as otherwise indicated, use orange banding with black lettering. Provide self-adhesive or snap-on type plastic markers. Indicate voltage for that raceway Locate markers at ends of conduit runs, on pull boxes, on junction boxes, near switches and other control devices, near items of equipment served by the conductors, at points where conduit passes through walls or floors, or enters non- accessible construction and at spacings of not more than 50 feet along each run of conduit. Switch-leg conduit and short branches for power connections do not have to be marked, except where conduit is larger than 3/4 inch. Branch circuit conduits, junction boxes and pull boxes shall be marked with a permanent marker indicating panel name and branch circuit numbers. B Underground Cable Identification. Bury a continuous, preprinted, bright colored plastic ribbon cable marker with each underground cable (or group of cables), regardless of whether conductors are in conduit, duct bank, or direct buried. Locate each directly over cables, 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. C. Identification of Equipment: 1 All major equipment shall have a manufacturer's label identifying the manufacturer's address, equipment model and serial numbers, equipment size, and other pertinent data. Care shall be taken not to obliterate this nameplate in any way Provide black back plate with white letters and numbers for normal equipment. Provide red back plate with white letters and numbers for optional emergency equipment. Provide yellow back plate with white letters and numbers for Life safety equipment. 2. A black-white-black laminated plastic engraved identifying nameplate shall be secured by stainless steel screws to each automatic transfer switch, switchboard, distribution panel,motor control center,motor starter panels and panelboards. a. Identifying nameplates shall have 1 inch high engraved letters and shall contain the following information. 1) Name 2) Voltage 3) Phase 4) "3"or"4"wire,and 5) Where it is fed from. b. An example of a panelboard nameplate is. Center Panel— 1HB 480/277 volt,3 phase,4 wire Center Fed from DP2 c. An example of an automatic transfer switch nameplate is. Center ATS#2 480/277 volt, 3 phase,4 wire,4 pole Center Fed from MSB and DPE 3 Each feeder device in a switchboard, distribution panel, and motor control center device shall have a nameplate showing the load served in 'h inch high engraved letters, DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 16 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 4 A black-white-black laminated plastic engraved identifying nameplate shall be secured by screws to each transformer, safety switch, disconnect switch, individual motor starter, enclosed circuit breaker,wireway, and terminal cabinet. a. Identifying nameplates shall have 1/4 inch high engraved letters and shall indicate the equipment served. b An example of a disconnect switch is. AHU-1 5 Prohibited Markings. Markings which are intended to identify the manufacturer, vendor, or other source from which the material has been obtained are prohibited for installation within public, tenant, or common areas within the project. Also, prohibited are materials or devices which bear evidence that markings or insignias have been removed. Certification, testing (example, Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc.), and approval labels are exceptions to this requirement. 6 Warning Signs. Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure associated with access to or operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location, mount permanently in an appropriate and effective location. Comply with recognized industry standards for color and design. 7 Operational Tags. Where needed for proper and adequate information on operation and maintenance of electrical system, provide tags of plasticized card stock, either preprinted or hand printed. Tags shall convey the message, example: "DO NOT OPEN THIS SWITCH WHEN BURNER IS OPERATING" PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Trenching and backfillmg and other earthwork operations required to install the facilities specified herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2 (95% of maximum standard density). Where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas, the backfill shall be compacted to a condition equal to that of adjacent undisturbed earth and the surface of the area restored to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operations. Provide a minimum of 3" of sand underneath all conduits. The plans indicate information pertaining to surface and sub-surface obstructions, however, this information is not guaranteed. Should obstructions be encountered whether or not shown, the Contractor shall alter routing of new work, reroute existing lines, remove obstructions where permitted, or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of new work and leave existing surfaces and structures in a satisfactory and serviceable condition. All work shall comply with OSHA Standards. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP AND CONCEALMENT A. The work of this Section shall be performed by workman skilled in their trade. Installation shall be consistent in completeness whether concealed or exposed. Each item of electrical work shall be concealed in walls, chases, under floors and above ceilings except: 1 Where shown to be exposed. 2. Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00- 17 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 & 3—REPAIRS 3.03 SLEEVES,CUTTING AND PATCHING A. This section shall be responsible for placing sleeves for all conduit passing through walls, partitions, sound walls, beams, floors, roof, etc. Sleeves through below-grade walls shall use water-tight fitting manufactured by O-Z/Gedney B All cutting and patching will be done under another Division, but this Section will be responsible for timely performance of this work and layout of holes and setting sleeves. C. All un-used sleeves shall be sealed with 2 hour UL approved fire sealant manufactured by "3M"or approved equal. D Refer to 26 05 33 for additional requirements. 3.04 ELECTRICAL GEAR A. Install all electrical equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code and as shown on the drawings. B Lighting contactors, time clocks, fire alarm equipment, security equipment disconnect switches, etc. mounted in mechanical/electrical rooms shall be mounted at a working height not requiring a ladder, when wall space is available. Installation of these devices at greater elevations shall be approved by the Engineer Contractor shall provide a coordination sketch of each mechanical/electrical room noting locations and mounting heights of all electrical devices (note bottom and top elevations) shown to be installed. Sketches shall be provided to the Engineer for review and the general contractor for coordination with other trades working in these rooms. C Fire retardant back boards secured to drywall studs may be used for contactors, time clocks, fire alarm equipment, security equipment, and disconnect switches 60 amp or smaller All other wall mounted devices shall be mounted to unistrut. Unistrut shall be securely mounted to the floor and structural ceiling. Toggle bolts or anchor bolts attached to drywall is not acceptable. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean lighting fixtures and equipment. B Touch-up and refinish scratches and marred surfaces on panels, switches, starters, and transformers. 3.06 CORROSIVE AREAS A. In areas of a corrosive nature, which include but are not limited to the following: pool equipment rooms, cooling towers and areas subject to salt air, etc., provide NEMA 4 X stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced enclosures for contactors,panel boards, controllers, starters, disconnects and materials used as supporting means (i.e. plastibond unistrut, pipe, fittings). The use of spray on coating may be acceptable in some applications. 3.07 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Tests and inspection requirements shall be coordinated with Division I. DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 02 00- 18 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS B Date for final acceptance test shall be sufficiently in advance of completion date of contract to permit alterations or adjustments necessary to achieve proper functioning of equipment prior to contract completion.date. C. Conduct re-tests as directed by Architect on portions of work or equipment altered or adjusted as determined to be necessary by final acceptance test. No resultant delay or consumption of time as a result of such necessary re-test beyond contract completion date shall relieve Contractor of his responsibility under contract. D Put circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions, collectively and separately, as may be required to determine satisfactory operation. Demonstrate equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of these specifications. Perform tests in the presence of Architect. Furnish instruments and personnel required for tests. E. Final Inspection. 1 At the time designated by the Architect, the entire system shall be inspected by the Architect and Engineer The contractor or his representative shall be present at this inspection. 2. Panelboards, switches,fixtures,etc., shall be cleaned and in operating condition. 3 Certificates and documents required hereinbefore shall be in order and presented to the Architect prior to inspection. 4 Panel covers,junction box covers, etc., shall be removed for visual inspection of the wire,bus bars,etc. 5 After the inspection, any items which are noted as needing to be changed or corrected in order to comply with these specifications and the drawings shall be accomplished without delay F The contractor shall provide a thermographic test using an independent testing laboratory using an infrared scanning device. This test shall include but not limited to all switchboards, distribution panelboards, panelboards, automatic transfer switches and other electrical distribution devices. This test shall be conducted to locate high temperature levels. This test shall be conducted between 3 to 8 months after occupancy, but not beyond the one year warranty period. Submit test to the architect and engineer using test reporting forms. All unacceptable conditions shall be corrected prior to the end of the warranty period. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 26 02 00 - 19 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS SECTION 26 03 13 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical demolition. B The contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing such loss or damage. The contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in-service maintenance of all electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. C Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the Owner The contractor shall allow the Owner 2 weeks in order to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the Owner All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount. D The contractor shall provide temporary or new services to all existing facilities as required to maintain their proper operation when normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being accomplished under this project. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01120-Alteration Project Procedures. B Section 02072-Minor Demolition for Remodeling. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. B Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing conduits, wiring, outlet boxes, fixtures, etc., and the reconnecting of existing fixtures as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems. Furnish all temporary conduit, wiring, boxes, etc., as required to maintain lighting and power service for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. Remove wire and conduit back to nearest accessible active junction box and extend to existing homeruns as required. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 03 13 - 1 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B Verify that abandoned winng and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation. D Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls,floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of Section 01120, Section 02072,and this Section. B Remove,relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply D Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets, which are not removed. F Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. G Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. H. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. I. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. J Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are being removed, all contractors shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the Architect all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 03 13 -2 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS K. During the construction and remodeling, portions of the project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, materials, tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. L. Certain work during the demolition phase of construction may require overtime or nighttime shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner's Representative at least 72 hours in advance. M. All existing lighting fixtures, switches, outlets, speakers, materials, equipment and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place and shall remain in service. N Electrical equipment, outlets, speakers, circuits to mechanical and building systems equipment, etc., which are to remain but which are served by conduit and/or circuiting that is disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such as manner as to leave it in proper operating condition. 0 Existing branch circuit wiring which is to be removed, shall be pulled from the raceways and the empty conduit shall be removed to a point of permanent concealment. P In all the remodeled areas where existing ceilings are being removed and reinstalled, all existing lighting fixtures, other ceiling mounted devices (i.e. smoked detectors, speakers, red lights, etc.) and their appurtenances shall be removed and reinstalled, unless otherwise shown or specified. This also applies to new ceiling installations. Q Existing lighting fixtures shown to be removed and indicated to be reused, shall be cleaned, repaired, and provided with new accessories as required for the proper operation in their new locations. Provide new lamps and ballast as required. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B Panelboards. Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of Section 01120 3.06 REMOVAL OF MATERIALS A. The contractor shall modify, remove, and/or relocate all materials and items so indicated on the drawings or required by the installation of new facilities. All removals and/or dismantling shall be conducted in a manner as to produce maximum salvage. Salvage materials shall remain the property of the Owner, and shall be delivered to such destination as directed by the Owner Materials and/or items scheduled for relocation and which are damaged during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be repaired and restored to good operative condition. The contractor may, at his discretion and upon the approval of the Owner, substitute new materials and/or items of like design and quality in lieu of materials and/or items to be relocated. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 03 13 -3 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS B All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly or placement and protected until relocated. The contractor shall clean, repair, and provide all new materials, fittings, and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore to good operative order All relocations shall be performed by workmen skilled in the work and in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved. C When items scheduled for relocation are found to be in damaged condition before work has been started on dismantling, the contractor shall call the attention of the Owner to such items and receive further instructions before removal. Items damaged in repositioning operations are the contractor s responsibility and shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor as approved by the Owner,at no additional cost to the Owner D Service lines and wiring to items to be removed, salvaged, or relocated shall be removed to points indicated on the drawings, specified, or acceptable to the Owner Service lines and wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed to the points at which reuse is to be continued or service is to remain. Such services shall be sealed, capped, or otherwise tied-off or disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Owner All disconnections or connections into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum interruption of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas or facilities which must remain in operation during the construction period shall not be interrupted without prior specific approval of the Owner as hereinbefore specified. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 26 03 13 -4 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 26 0519 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide 600 volt building wire, cable and connectors and 300 volt wire, cable and connectors. B WORK INCLUDED. Include the following Work in addition to items normally part of , this Section. 1 Wiring for lighting, dimming controls and power 2. Automatic Control Wiring. 3 Connection of equipment shown. C WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 1 Heating,ventilating, and air conditioning equipment. 2. Structured cabling system. 3 Coaxial cables 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 83 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables B ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire C NFPA 70-National Electrical Code D All wire cable and connectors shall be UL approved. E. NEMA F NEMA Bulletin 119 1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. 600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 1 Southwire 2. Encore 3 Cerro B 300 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 1 Westpenn 2 Beldon 3 Alpha 4 Tappan- Southwire C FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS 1 AFC Modular Cable Systems 2. Kaf-Tech DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 05 19- 1 WIRE, CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS D CONNECTORS 1 Ilsco 2. Cooper 3 AMP-TYCO 4 Burndy 5 Ideal 6. 3M 7 O.Z. Gedney 8. Thomas&Betts 9 Buchanan 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall include,but not limited to 1 Cutsheets of wire, cable and connectors to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures,product variations, and accessories. 1.05 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH. A. National Electrical Code. B Local,municipal, or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING A. All wire shall be new and continuous without weld, splice, or joints throughout its length. It must be uniform in cross-section,free from flaws, scales and other imperfections. B WIRE MATERIAL. Conductors shall be soft drawn, annealed copper Aluminum wiring is not acceptable unless otherwise noted on drawings. C. TYPES 1 Provide type "THHN/THWN-2" insulation for all buried feeders and service entrance conductors. 2. Provide type "THHN/THWN-2" insulation for all branch circuits and above grade feeders. 3 All wire No. 8 and larger shall be stranded. All wire No 10 and smaller shall be stranded or solid. 4 Provide type "XHHW" or other 90 degrees insulation winng for branch circuit wiring installed through continuous rows of fixture bodies. 5 All 300-volt cable including but not limited to telephone, fire alarm, data, CATV and security shall be UL listed for use in return air plenums. 6 All dimming conductors shall be 300 volt, 75 C plenum rated. Dimming conductors shall be solid. Stranded conductors are not acceptable. D CONDUCTOR SIZES 1 Feeder conductors shall be sized for a maximum of 2% drop in rated voltage at scheduled load. 2. Branch circuit conductors shall be sized for a maximum 3% drop in the rated voltage to the longest outlet on the circuit. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 19 -2 WIRE, CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 3 Minimum wire shall be 12 AWG, unless otherwise shown on Drawings or required by Code. 4 Minimum wire size for 0-10v dimming controls shall be 18 AWG for conductors not exceeding 300 feet circuit length(one-way) and 16 AWG for those exceeding 300 feet(one-way). E. COLOR CODING.No. 6 or larger shall use tape for color coding.No. 8 and smaller wire shall be color coded in accordance with the governing authority requirements or as follows. 120/208 Volt Neutral. White Phase A. Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Ground. Green 277/480 Volt Neutral. Gray Phase A. Brown Phase B Purple Phase C• Yellow Ground. Green 120/240 Volt Neutral. White Phase A. Black Phase B Orange Phase C Blue Ground. Green 0-10 Volt dimming conductors Purple(source) Pink(common) 2.02 GROUNDING A. Permanently connect all conduit work, motors, starters, and other electrical equipment to grounding system in accordance with NFPA 70 DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 19 -3 WIRE,CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 WIRE A. Do not pull wire into conduit until Work of an injurious nature is completed. Where two or more circuits run to a single outlet box, each circuit shall be properly tagged. Wyreze or approved equal may be used as a lubricant where necessary B Splices shall be fully made up in outlet boxes with compression crimp-on type splice connectors. C. Joints and splices will not be permitted in service entrance or in feeders. Joints in branch circuits will be permitted where branch circuits divide, and then shall consist of one through-circuit to which the branch shall be spliced. Joints shall not be left for the fixture hanger to make. Connect joints and splices with Buchanan Series "2000" solderless connectors complete with insulating caps or properly sized twist on wire nuts. "Wago" push-in connectors are not acceptable. D All stranded conductors shall be furnished with lugs or connectors. E. Connectors furnished with circuit breakers or switches shall be suitable for copper wire termination. F "Sta-Cons" shall be used to terminate stranded conductors on all switches and receptacles. G All stranded #10 and small conductors shall be terminated with an approved solderless terminal if the device or light fixture does not have provisions for clamp type securing of the conductor H. The jacket for all travelers used on 3-way and 4-way switches shall be pink. I. Route conductors for 480Y/277 systems in a separate raceway Do not combine with 208Y/120 volt or 120/240 volt systems. J Emergency circuits shall not be routed with normal conductors. 3.02 BALANCING SYSTEM A. The load on each distribution and lighting panel shall be balanced to within 10% by proper arrangement of branch circuits on the different phase legs. Provide written documentation showing results. Submit with 0&M manuals. 3.03 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING A. Low voltage wiring, including dimming conductors, shall be plenum rated. All wiring in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, drywall ceiling, inaccessible areas, underground, plaster ceiling, inside concealed walls areas exposed to occupant view, and other areas subject to physical damage shall be run in conduit. B Low voltage wiring shall be routed in separate raceways from power wiring systems. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 19 -4 WIRE, CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS C. Sleeves shall be placed in the forms of concrete, masonry and fire rated walls, floor slabs and beams, for the passage of wiring. Sleeves should be set in place a sufficient time ahead of the concrete work so as not to delay the work. Sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel. D Provide Caddy J-hooks supported independently from other system to support cable at 4- foot on center or closer if required by manufacturer E. Provide a junction box to make up all joints and splices. F Provide dimming conductors for all lighting circuits located in spaces with dimmer switches and theatrical lighting as indicated on the drawings and as specified. 3.04 CABLE SUPPORTS A. Provide cable supports in all vertical raceways in accordance with Article 300-19 of NFPA 70 3.05 DEFECTS A. Defects shall include,but are not to limited to,the following: 1 Tripping circuit breakers under normal operation. 2. Improperly connected equipment. 3 Damaged,torn,or skinned insulation. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 19- 5 WIRE, CABLE AND RELATED MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide electrical raceways and fittings as shown, scheduled and specified. B The types of raceways and fittings required are as follows. 1 Rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit(GRC) (RMC) 2. Intermediate hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit(IMC) 3 Electrical metallic tubing(EMT) 4 PVC (Sch. 40& 80) 5 Flexible metal conduit(FMC) 6. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit(LFMC) 7 PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit 8. Rigid Aluminum Conduit(RAC) 1.02 STANDARDS A. ANSI, C80 1 &C80.3 B NEMA FB-1 C NEMA TC3 D UL, 6, 797 & 1242 1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Raceways 1 Allied 2. Republic 3 Prime Conduit(Carlon) 4 Wheatland Tube 5 Cantex 6 Western Tube 7 Robroy Industries B Fittings 1 Appleton 2. Crouse Hinds 3 Steel City 4 O.Z. Gedney 5 Carlon 6 Raco,Inc. 7 Bridgeport C Boxes 1 RACO DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 05 33 - 1 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS 2. Thomas and Betts 3 EATON 4 Crouse-Hinds 5 Appleton D Surface 1 Hubbell 2. Wiremold 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data shall include but not be limited to 1 Cutsheets for raceways, fitting, solvents,primers, etc. 1.05 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH. A. National Electrical Code. B Local,municipal, or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit. 1 Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit, galvanized after fabrication. Products shall comply with UL6 and ANSI C80 1 All threads shall be galvanized after cutting. A uniform zinc coating shall be applied to the inner and outer walls. 2. Fittings shall be threaded and shipped with thread protectors. B Aluminum Rigid Conduit 1 Rigid aluminum (alloy 6063-T1) conduit shall be manufactured using 606 3 Alloy in temper designation T-1 Products shall comply with UL6A and ANSI 680.5 2. Fittings for rigid aluminum conduit shall be threaded aluminum shipped with thread protectors. C PVC Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit. 1 Conduit shall be same as rigid metal conduit with a factory-applied 40-mil-thick covering of polyvinyl chloride(PVC)bonded to the metal. 2. Fittings shall be the same as rigid metal conduit fittings with a factory-applied, 40-mil-thick covering of polyvinyl chloride(PVC)bonded to the metal D Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC) 1 Conduit shall be similar to rigid steel conduit except thinner wall. 2. Fittings shall be threaded hot-dipped galvanized and shipped with thread protectors. E. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT). 1 EMT shall be made of hot-dip galvanized strip steel. The interior shall be coated with a corrosion-resistant lubricant for ease of wiring pulling. F Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit(PVC). DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 -2 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 1 Conduit shall be schedule 40 or 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC), UV stabilized, rated for 90°C conductors. 2. Fittings shall be solvent weld socket type. G Flexible Metal Conduit(Greenfield). 1 Spirally wound continuously interlocked zinc coated strip steel. 2. Fittings shall be one screw for smaller than 1-1/2-inch, two screw for 1-1/2-inch and larger, double clamp steel or malleable iron, either cadmium plated or hot- dip galvanized. H. Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit(Seal Tite). 1 Spirally wound continuously interlocked zinc coated strip steel with a UV stabilized polyvinyl chloride(PVC)outer jacket bonded to the conduit. 2. Fittings shall be compression type, malleable iron, with insulated throat, either cadmium plated or hot-dip galvanized. 2.02 PULL BOXES A. Exterior in-ground pull boxes shall be concrete or polymer as manufactured by Brooks, Dalworth,Hubbell Quazite, or approved equivalent. Covers shall include identification of systems contained. B Pull boxes in pole bases shall be as manufactured by Carlon. 2.03 WIREWAYS 11 A. Wireways shall be made of not less than 16-gauge sheet steel fo3 4 inch and 6 inch square sizes and 14 gauge steel for 8 inch and 12 inch square sizes. Couplings end plates, and knockouts shall be furnished as required. Each section of wireways shall be rigidly supported. B The finish shall be ANSI-49 gray epoxy paint applied by a cathodic electrode position paint process over a corrosion resistant phosphate preparation for NEMA 1 wireways. Provide galvanized steel for NEMA 3R wireways. NEMA 3R wireways and auxiliary gutters are for horizontal mounting only 2.04 FITTINGS A. Couplings for rigid steel or intermediate conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized steel. Set screw type is not acceptable. B Steel or malleable iron fittings shall be used on all other raceway types except for PVC. Die-cast fittings are not allowed. C Couplings for aluminum raceways shall be threaded aluminum. D EMT systems shall utilize steel insulated throat, set-screw connectors and steel set-screw couplings in all indoor conditioned spaces. EMT system shall utilize steel insulated throat, threadless, watertight compression type connectors and steel threadless watertight compression type coupling in all non-conditioned spaces and in grout filled CMU walls. E. Coupling and connectors accessories and fittings for PVC coated rigid galvanized steel shall be PVC coated. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 -3 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2& 3—REPAIRS F Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) fittings shall be steel. Plastic is not acceptable. G Provide nylon bushing on end of all low voltage cabling system conduits (sleeves,rough- ins,etc.) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PROVIDE CONDUIT AS FOLLOWS. A. GENERAL. The Drawings are diagrammatic, and are intended to show the general location of outlets, devices, fixtures, and arrangement and control of circuits. The Contractor shall determine exact locations by actual measurement of the building or by reference to the Architectural Drawings. B Except as noted or otherwise specified, all wiring shall be installed in galvanized ngid steel, rigid aluminum conduit or electrical steel tube (EMT) of the proper size to contain the number of conductors required in accordance with the latest edition of the N.E.0 Where conduit sizes are shown on the drawings, these shall take preference. Contractor shall epoxy coat galvanized rigid steel conduit for use in natatoriums. C Raceways shall not be routed below or within slab-on-grade, foundations, or below grade of suspended slab structures,unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise on plan. D EMT in sizes up to 4 inches when concealed or not exposed to damage and located indoors only (EMT is not acceptable in wet and damp location.) E. PVC coated rigid galvanized steel shall be used for all penetrations of slab on grade. F Rigid galvanized steel where embedded in concrete or masonry construction, mechanical yard or in exterior/interior applications where subject to damage. G Rigid aluminum shall be used in exterior applications. (i.e. roof,top of canopies) H. PVC schedule 40 and 80 may be utilized underground, in or below slab where shown on the construction documents. I. MINIMUM SIZE 3/4 inch. J PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be coated inside and outside. K. PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used at cooling towers, corrosive areas and pool pump rooms. L. Fixture whips. Refer to 26 51 19 for additional information. M. Flexible metal shall be used for connecting rotating equipment installed in conditioned spaces. N Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) shall be used for connecting rotating equipment installed in non-conditioned spaces and outside. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 -4 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS O Of such size, and so installed that conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive strain. P Where entering panels, pull boxes,junction boxes, or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place with lock nuts inside and outside,and insulated bushings inside. Q Have Red seal type VCC or approved equal cable supports in risers, as required by N.E.C. R. Have ends reamed after cutting and application of die. S Keep conduit corked and dry during construction, and swab out before conductors are pulled. T Have bends and offsets made with approved tools. Bends or offsets in which the pipe is crushed or deformed shall not be installed. U Where not embedded in concrete or masonry, be firmly secured by approved clamps, half-straps or hangers. ✓ Have O.Z. Gedney or approved equal expansion fittings where crossing building expansion joints. W Except in the mechanical equipment rooms, run conduit concealed, and by the shortest practicable route between outlets. Install risers, drops, and offsets necessary to avoid conflict with ductwork,piping, structural members,and similar items. X. Install exposed conduit in mechanical rooms, and elsewhere as indicated, parallel to horizontal and vertical lines of walls, ceilings, and floors. Y Fixtures in finished areas having suspended acoustical ceilings shall be connected to outlet boxes of lighting grid by flexible metal conduit; length not to exceed ten feet (six feet if using 3/8"manufactured fixture"whips"). Z. Outlet boxes in partitions shall never be set back to back. They shall be offset to prevent undue noise transmission from room to room. AA. Concealed conduit shall run in as direct manner as possible using long bends. Exposed conduit shall be run parallel with or at right angles to the lines of the building; and all bends shall be made with standard conduit elbows or conduit benders. Not more than equivalent of four quarter bends shall be used in any run between terminals and cabinet, of between outlet or junction boxes. Approved condulets shall be used in lieu of conduit elbows where ease of installation and appearance warrants their use and approved by the engineer Conduit joints shall be made with approved couplings and unions. BB Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlets to cabinets,junction or pull boxes and shall be electrically continuous throughout. Terminals of all conduits shall be provided with double lock nuts and bushing or terminated on conduit hubs. Use of running threads is prohibited. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 - 5 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2&3—REPAIRS CC Each entire conduit system shall be installed complete before any conductors are drawn in.Every run of conduit shall be finished before covering up to guard against obstructions and omissions. DD Sleeves shall be placed in the forms of concrete, masonry and fire rated walls, floor slabs and beams, for the passage of conduits. Sleeves should be set in place a sufficient time ahead of the concrete work so as not to delay the work. Sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel with a minimum thickness of 1 07MM and set to extend 4"above slab EE. All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe. The fire rating shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty All fire rating material shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. FF All conduit shall be cleaned and swabbed to remove all foreign matter and moisture prior to pulling wire and cable. All boxes in which conduits terminate shall be cleaned of all concrete mortar and other foreign matter GG Provide#30 nylon pulling line in all conduits in which permanent wiring is not installed. HH. All conduit shall be securely fastened and supported using hot galvanized malleable iron one-hole pipe straps, clamps, hanger or other means approved by the engineer Supports shall be as required per NEC. Tie wire shall not be used as support or securing means. Support conduit independently of ceiling hanger wire. Use all thread rods to support outlet boxes,junction boxes and conduit. II. When PVC conduit is routed underground, all stub-up's and bends 15° and greater shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel. Use PVC coated rigid galvanized steel when penetrating concrete on grade. JJ Flexible and liquid-tight flexible steel conduit shall be used for final connections to utilization equipment. Liquid-tight flexible steel conduit shall be used for all exterior locations and all interior locations subject to moisture,vibrations, rotating equipment and dry-type transformers. Refer to Section 26 02 00 for additional information concerning flexible steel conduit. LFNC may be used in lieu of flexible steel conduit where allowed by the NEC and the City of San Antonio KK. Contact the Architect and Engineer for an installation review before covering any below grade or above grade conduit. LL. All new outlets shall be flush mounted. In remodeled areas where wall construction prohibits flush mounting, provide Hubbell 2400 series, unless noted otherwise. Verify exact location and routing with architect before installation. MM. Contractor shall not penetrate water proof barriers without using proper fitting to maintain barriers. This shall include exterior walls and slabs. Coordinate with Architect for proper methods. DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 - 6 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 3.02 CONDUIT CORROSION PROTECTION A. Branch circuit conduits installed in concrete slabs on fill or grade shall be positioned in a manner to ensure complete concrete cover In no case shall such conduits be exposed below or above the slab surfaces, or penetrate the waterproof membrane. B At locations where metallic conduits pass through slabs on grade or transitions below grade, PVC coated rigid galvanized conduit shall be used. Contractor may use 3M corrosive protective tape on rigid galvanized conduit in lieu of PVC coated rigid galvanized conduit. C. Conduit installed in the air gap between the water-resistant barrier and finish brick shall not exceed 2-ft. in length. 3.03 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install approved expansion fitting in all conduit runs in excess of 150 feet or when crossing building expansion joints. 3.04 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide an approved galvanized outlet box with adequate volume for number of conductors installed. B Provide standard galvanized switch boxes of the required number of gangs. Switch boxes where conduit is exposed shall be handy boxes or approved equal. C. Outlet boxes for receptacles shall be similar to Universal 52151 with suitable raised cover Receptacle boxes where conduit is exposed shall be handy boxes or approved equal. D Weatherproof boxes shall be FS or FD Provide these boxes in all non-conditioned areas, exterior areas and natatonums. E. Outdoor boxes shall be NEMA 3R,with conduit connections made by Myers Hubs. F See notes and details on Drawings for special box requirements. G Provide junction boxes required to facilitate installation of the various conduit systems. Provide support boxes required for risers,each complete with approved cable supports as described elsewhere in this Division. H. Outlet boxes for drywall shall be standard galvanized 4" square boxes with the appropriate device cover Secure all outlet boxes with a backing brace connected to two adjacent studs. Mounting brackets with a single ear to rest against the backing sheet rock are not acceptable. I. Provide floor outlet fittings for telephone to match fittings for duplex floor receptacles. J Provide 3-1/2" deep gangable masonry boxes in all masonry wall (CMU). Steel City GW-135-G or approved equal. DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 05 33 - 7 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS K. Provide shallow 4"x4"boxes in all demountable partitions. L. Metallic boxes located in fire rated walls or partitions shall be separated by a minimum horizontal distance of 24 in. This minimum separation distance between metallic boxes may be reduced when " Wall Opening Protective Materials" (CLIV) are installed according to the requirements of their Classification. Metallic boxes shall not be installed on opposite side of walls or partitions of staggered stud construction unless "Wall Opening Protective Materials" are installed with the metallic boxes in accordance with Classification requirements for the protective materials. M. Junction, pull boxes, condulets, gutters, disconnects, contactors, etc., above 2-foot x 2- foot grid ceilings shall be mounted within 18-inches of ceiling grid. Above 2-foot x 4 — foot grid ceiling they shall be mounted within 30-inches of ceiling grid. All junction box, pull box,gutter openings shall be side or bottom accessible. N Junction boxes are prohibited above drywall or plaster ceilings except for lighting; and those must be mounted directly over light fixture opening. Route power, PA, fire alarm conduits to nearest lay-in ceiling. 3.05 THRU-WALL SEALS A. Provide O.Z. Gedney "Thru-wall" seals for all conduits passing through concrete structure below grade, above grade, and floor penetrations below grade. These prevent moisture from entering the building. B Straight sleeves are not acceptable. 3.06 PULL BOXES A. Interior Pull boxes shall be provided for conduit systems as required and shall be constructed of galvanized steel of not less than gauge and size specified by National Electrical Code. Size pull boxes per NEC 314.28. B Where two or more feeders pass through a common pull box, they shall be tagged to indicate clearly their electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel designation. C. Exterior in-ground pull boxes shall have open bottoms with sand and rock beds below box for drainage of water Provide closed bottom boxes where specified. Closed bottom boxes shall be provided with sumps for portable pump to allow for extracting water Refer to details on the drawings. D Pull boxes mounted in pole bases shall be coordinated with the pour of the pole base and shall be flush with finished footing. 3.07 WIREWAYS A. Wireways shall be installed as indicated or required and locations shall be coordinated with architect. B Wiring in wireways shall be neatly bundled,tied and suitably tagged. DBR Project No. 210321 000 26 05 33 - 8 RACEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE STATION NO. 2 &3—REPAIRS 3.08 UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK SYSTEM A. DUCT SYSTEM 1 The duct system shall consist of Schedule 40 PVC or type 1-EB PVC conduits encased in red concrete as detailed on the drawings. Use rigid conduit for stub- ups and the last ten feet at the end of each ductbank. Duct lines shall be laid to a minimum grade of 4 inches per 100 feet and shall be free from either horizontal or vertical waves. Duct lines shall be straight unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Duct lines shall be installed so that the top of concrete in encased duct lines is not less than 24 inches below finished grade or finished paving at any point. Changes in direction or runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 5 feet. The long sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections and/or combinations thereof using five degree angle couplings. Conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before using or laying. During construction and after the duct line is completed, the ends of the conduit shall be plugged to prevent water washing mud into the conduits. Particular care shall be taken to keep the conduits clean of concrete, dirt, and any other substance during the course of construction. 2. Each single conduit of the duct bank shall be completely encased in steel reinforced concrete as indicated. The thickness of concrete encasement indicated is the minimum thickness, and may be increased to fit the actual shape of trench. 3 Concrete for duct bank envelopes shall be standard 2000 psi concrete mix as described in Division 03, and be colored deep red for permanent marking of underground electrical work. The concrete red pigment shall be pure inorganic natural metallic base pigment, approved by the Engineer before use. Organic pigments will not be permitted. The approved pigments shall be mixed four pounds per yard of cement. a. Envelopes may be poured directly against sides of trenches if the "cut" is clean, even and free of loose material. All loose dirt and extraneous material shall be removed from the trenches before and during the pouring of concrete to ensure sound envelopes. Concrete shall be carefully spaded during pouring to eliminate all voids under and between the conduit and honeycombing of the exterior surfaces. Power driven tampers of agitators shall not be used,unless specifically designed for the application, in order to ensure that the water-tightness of the conduits is not destroyed. b. Generally, each run of envelopes shall be poured in one continuous operation. Where more than one pour is necessary, each pour shall terminate in a vertical plane. Partial pours shall not terminate in horizontal or angular planes. B For normal underground installation see Section 26 02 00, paragraph 3 1 for Excavating and Backfilhng. END OF SECTION DBR Project No 210321 000 26 05 33 - 9 RACEWAYS